EXTRA_DIST = docbook2html.sh docbook
html/GuideIndex.html: docbook/GuideIndex.xml
- rm -rf html; mkdir html
+ rm -rf html; mkdir html; cp icons/* html/
if [ -x "$(GNOME_DOC_TOOL)" ]; then \
"$(GNOME_DOC_TOOL)" html -o html $(srcdir)/docbook/GuideIndex.xml ; \
else \
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideCollections">
- <title>
- Collections
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie provides the ability to build lists of images, regardless of the location of the files on disk.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Thecollectionwindow"><title>
- The collection window
- </title>
- <para>
- A collection window displays the contents of a collection. It allows the collection to be modified and access to the images contained in the collection.
- </para>
- <para>
- To open a new empty collection window press C or select New collection from the file menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- To open an existing collection, press O or select Open collection from the file menu. A dialog will appear requesting the location of the collection file. A window will the open containing the selected collection. Recently opened or saved collections can also be opened by selecting the collection's file name from the Open recent sub menu of the file menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The collection window consists of a pane to display the contents of the collection, and a status bar along the bottom of the window.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Iconpane"><title>
- Icon pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The icon pane displays images contained in the collection as thumbnails in a grid, by default the file names also appear below each thumbnail.
- </para>
- <para>
- The Icon pane works exactly like the Icon view mode of the <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link> in a main window. But with the addition that the contents of the collection can be organized with drag and drop.
- </para>
- <para>
- A <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis> is available for the icon pane by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Keyboard shortcuts</emphasis> available in the collection window:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Shortcut
- </entry><entry>
- Context menu name
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Enter
- </entry><entry>
- View
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- V
- </entry><entry>
- View in new window
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in a new window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select all
- </entry><entry>
- Selects all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Shift + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select none
- </entry><entry>
- Clear the image selection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + 1 through<?db2html element="br"?>
- Ctrl + 0
- </entry><entry>
- Edit sub menu
- </entry><entry>
- Executes the respective editor command.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + P
- </entry><entry>
- Properties
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a properties window for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + C
- </entry><entry>
- Copy
- </entry><entry>
- Copy selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + M
- </entry><entry>
- Move
- </entry><entry>
- Move selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + R
- </entry><entry>
- Rename
- </entry><entry>
- Rename selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + D
- </entry><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Delete selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Remove
- </entry><entry>
- Remove selected images from result list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + L
- </entry><entry>
- Append from file list
- </entry><entry>
- Add contents of main window to collection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- A
- </entry><entry>
- Append from collection
- </entry><entry>
- Append contents of another collection from a file.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- S
- </entry><entry>
- Save collection
- </entry><entry>
- Save collection to disk, if the collection is new a dialog will appear to select the file name and location.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + S
- </entry><entry>
- Save collection as
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a dialog to select a new file name to use for the collection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + T
- </entry><entry>
- Show filename text
- </entry><entry>
- Toggle display of text below icons. When set, icon's tooltip will show the full path to the file.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Menu
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Displays the context menu.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- N
- </entry><entry>
- Sort by name
- </entry><entry>
- Sort collection by file name.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- I
- </entry><entry>
- Sort by number
- </entry><entry>
- Sort collection by file name, using natural numerical order
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- D
- </entry><entry>
- Sort by date
- </entry><entry>
- Sort collection by file date.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- B
- </entry><entry>
- Sort by size
- </entry><entry>
- Sort collection by file size.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- P
- </entry><entry>
- Sort by path
- </entry><entry>
- Sort collection by file location (path to file).
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- Print
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a print dialog for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Close window.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="strong">selection</emphasis> can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link> of the main window.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Statusbar"><title>
- Status bar
- </title>
- <para>
- The status bar displays the total number of images in the collection, and the number of selected images in parenthesis. A progress bar also displays whenever thumbnails are loading from disk.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="DragandDrop"><title>
- Drag and Drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging an image that is selected will include all selected images in the drag. Dragging an image that is not selected will drag only that image.
- </para>
- <para>
- Dropping files and folders onto the collection window will add them to the collection, they will be inserted at the location of the drop. A red arrow will indicate the location of the drop as files are dragged over the collection window. When one or more folders are included in the drop list, a menu will appear to select how to handle the contents of the folders.
- </para>
- <para>
- To move images within the collection to change their order, initiate a drag for the selected image(s) and then move the mouse to the desired location within the window. A red arrow will appear to assist in determining the destination of the dragged images. Release the drag to move the images to the new location in the list.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: When renaming or moving files within Geeqie, the contents of collections located in the folder ($HOME)/.geeqie/collections will automatically update to the new name or location.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideCollections">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideCollections">Collections</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie provides the ability to build lists of images, regardless of the location of the files on disk.</para>\r
+ <para>A collection window displays the contents of a collection. It allows the collection to be modified and access to the images contained in the collection.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To open a new empty collection window select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>New collection</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To open an existing collection, select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Open collection</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ . A dialog will appear requesting the location of the collection file. A window will the open containing the selected collection. Recently opened or saved collections can also be opened by selecting the collection's file name from the Open recent sub menu of the file menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The collection window consists of a pane to display the contents of the collection, and a status bar along the bottom of the window.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Iconpane">\r
+ <title>Icon pane</title>\r
+ <para>The icon pane displays images contained in the collection as thumbnails in a grid, by default the file names also appear below each thumbnail.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The Icon pane works exactly like the Icon view mode of the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowFilePane" />\r
+ in a main window, but with the addition that the contents of the collection can be organized with drag and drop.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis>\r
+ is available for the icon pane by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" endterm="titleGuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" />\r
+ are available in the collection window:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">selection</emphasis>\r
+ can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowFilePane" />\r
+ of the main window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Statusbar">\r
+ <title>Status bar</title>\r
+ <para>The status bar displays the total number of images in the collection, and the number of selected images in parenthesis. A progress bar also displays whenever thumbnails are loading from disk.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="DragandDrop">\r
+ <title>Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging an image that is selected will include all selected images in the drag. Dragging an image that is not selected will drag only that image.</para>\r
+ <para>Dropping files and folders onto the collection window will add them to the collection, they will be inserted at the location of the drop. A red arrow will indicate the location of the drop as files are dragged over the collection window. When one or more folders are included in the drop list, a menu will appear to select how to handle the contents of the folders.</para>\r
+ <para>To move images within the collection to change their order, initiate a drag for the selected image(s) and then move the mouse to the desired location within the window. A red arrow will appear to assist in determining the destination of the dragged images. Release the drag to move the images to the new location in the list.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When renaming or moving files within Geeqie, the contents of collections located in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig">collections folder</link>\r
+ will automatically update to the new name or location.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideColorManagement">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideColorManagement">Color Management</title>\r
+ <para>TBD.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsColor" endterm="titleGuideOptionsColor" />\r
+ </para>\r
+\r
+</chapter>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<chapter id="GuideCredits">
- <title>
- Credits
- </title>
- <para/><section id="Authors"><title>
- Authors
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie is maintained by The Geeqie Team (Colin Clark, Klaus Ethgen, Laurent Monin, Petr Ostadal, Vladimir Nadvornik and others).
- </para>
- <para>
- This software is a fork of GQview project by John Ellis.
- </para>
- <para>
- The ever growing list of contributors and language translators can be found in the README file included with the latest release of the program.<?db2html element="br"?>
- The Credits can also be viewed by selecting the Credits button located in the About dialog <emphasis role="i">(open Help Menu, select About, click Credits... button)</emphasis>.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Copyright"><title>
- Copyright
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie and this accompanying documentation is copyright (c) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team and (c) 2006 John Ellis.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="License"><title>
- License
- </title>
- <para>
- The Geeqie program is released under the “GNU General Public License”, the complete GNU GPL text can be found in the COPYING file included with each Geeqie release.
- </para>
- <para>
- This Geeqie documentation is released under the "[[gnu_fdl.txt GNU Free Documentation License]]".
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="LegalNotice"><title>
- Legal Notice
- </title>
- <para>
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team.<?db2html element="br"?>
- Copyright (c) 2006 John Ellis.
- </para>
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "[[gnu_fdl.txt GNU Free Documentation License]]".
- </para>
- <para/></section></chapter>
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para />
+ <para>Geeqie is maintained by The Geeqie Team (Colin Clark, Klaus Ethgen, Laurent Monin, Petr Ostadal, Vladimir Nadvornik and others).</para>
+ <para>This software is a fork of GQview project by John Ellis.</para>
+ <para>The ever growing list of contributors and language translators can be found in the README file included with the latest release of the program.</para>
+ <para>The Credits can also be viewed by selecting the Credits button located in the About dialog
+ <emphasis role="i">(open Help Menu, select About, click Credits... button)</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para />
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideEditorsConfig">
- <title>
- External Editors
- </title>
- <para/><section id="EditorsConfigurationDialog"><title>Editors Configuration Dialog</title>
- <para>
- This dialog allows user to add new editors or modify the system ones. It is available in the menu under Edit / Preferences / Configure Editors.
- </para>
- <para>
- The Editors dialog shows list of all considerable editors, that is all installed desktop files that have Categories=Graphics or Categories=X-Geeqie.
- </para>
- <para>Name</para>
- <para>Editor name as specified in desktop file.
- </para>
- <para>Hidden</para>
- <para>An editor can be "Hidden" for one of these reasons:
- </para><para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem>the desktop file contains <literal>Hidden=TRUE</literal> or <literal>NoDisplay=TRUE</literal> entry
- </listitem><listitem><literal>TryExec</literal> binary was not found
- </listitem><listitem><literal>MimeType</literal> list does not contain images
- </listitem><listitem><literal>MimeType</literal> list is empty and <literal>Categories</literal> does not contain <literal>X-Geeqie</literal>
- </listitem></itemizedlist></para>
- <para>Desktop file</para>
- <para>
- Name of the desktop file, it is used as an identifier in hotkey configuration and in config file.
- </para>
- <para>Path</para>
- <para>
- Full path to the desktop file. Desktop files in user directories override the system ones with the same name.
- </para></section>
- <section id="Addingneweditor"><title>Adding new editor</title>
- <para>
- This button opens a text editor with a desktop file template.
- </para><para>
- <programlisting>[Desktop Entry]
-Version=1.0
-Type=Application
-Name=Template
-#Name[cs]=
-#Name[fr]=
-
-# %f A single file name, even if multiple files are selected. The
-# system reading the desktop entry should recognize that the program in
-# question cannot handle multiple file arguments, and it should should
-# probably spawn and execute multiple copies of a program for each
-# selected file if the program is not able to handle additional file
-# arguments. If files are not on the local file system (i.e. are on HTTP
-# or FTP locations), the files will be copied to the local file system and
-# %f will be expanded to point at the temporary file. Used for programs
-# that do not understand the URL syntax.
-#
-# %F A list of files. Use for apps that can open several local files
-# at once. Each file is passed as a separate argument to the executable
-# program.
-#
-# %u A single URL. Local files may either be passed as file: URLs or
-# as file path.
-#
-# %U A list of URLs. Each URL is passed as a separate argument to
-# the executable program. Local files may either be passed as file: URLs
-# or as file path.
-#
-# "$GEEQIE_DESTINATION" destination set by Geeqie
-Exec=ln -s %f "$GEEQIE_DESTINATION"
-
-# Desktop files that are usable only in Geeqie should be marked like this:
-Categories=X-Geeqie;
-OnlyShowIn=X-Geeqie;
-
-# Show in menu "File"
-X-Geeqie-Menu-Path=FileMenu/FileOpsSection
-
-# This is a filter - $GEEQIE_DESTINATION is required
-X-Geeqie-Filter=true
-
-# It can be made verbose
-# X-Geeqie-Verbose=true
- </programlisting></para></section>
- <section id="Modifyinganexistingeditor"><title>Modifying an existing editor</title>
- <para>
- Edit button opens a text editor with existing desktop file. For desktop files that are not writable by user, it allows saving to Geeqie specific directory, where it overrides the system file (but only for Geeqie).
- </para></section>
- <section id="Deletinganeditor"><title>Deleting an editor</title>
- <para>
- Delete buttons can delete user writable desktop files. System desktop files can't be deleted directly, but it is possible to edit them and set Hidden=TRUE, see above.
- </para></section>
- <section id="Specialeditors"><title>Special editors</title>
- <para>
- Desktop file with one of the following name has a special function. It replaces the corresponding internal command.
- </para><para>
- <programlisting>geeqie-copy-command.desktop
-geeqie-move-command.desktop
-geeqie-rename-command.desktop
-geeqie-delete-command.desktop
-geeqie-folder-command.desktop
- </programlisting></para><para>
- This can be used for example for custom trash command or for manipulation with files under version control.
- </para></section>
- <section id="Geeqieextensions"><title>Geeqie extensions</title>
- <para>X-Geeqie</para>
- <para>
- This can be specified in Categories, OnlyShowIn and NotShowIn fields
- </para>
- <para>X-Geeqie-Menu-Path</para>
- <para>
- This can specify the menu path where the editor appears, instead of the default Edit / External editors. Possible values are:
- </para><para>
- <programlisting>FileMenu
-FileMenu/OpenSection
-FileMenu/SearchSection
-FileMenu/PrintSection
-FileMenu/FileOpsSection
-FileMenu/QuitSection
-GoMenu
-SelectMenu
-SelectMenu/SelectSection
-SelectMenu/ClipboardSection
-SelectMenu/MarksSection
-SelectMenu/EditMenu
-SelectMenu/ExternalMenu
-SelectMenu/EditSection
-SelectMenu/OrientationMenu
-SelectMenu/PropertiesSection
-SelectMenu/PreferencesMenu
-SelectMenu/PreferencesSection
-ViewMenu
-ViewMenu/WindowSection
-ViewMenu/FileDirMenu
-ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/FolderSection
-ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/ListSection
-ViewMenu/DirSection
-ViewMenu/ZoomMenu
-ViewMenu/ZoomMenu/ConnectZoomMenu
-ViewMenu/SplitMenu
-ViewMenu/ColorMenu
-ViewMenu/OverlayMenu
-ViewMenu/ViewSection
-ViewMenu/ToolsSection
-ViewMenu/SlideShowSection
-HelpMenu
-HelpMenu/HelpSection
- </programlisting></para><para>X-Geeqie-Filter</para>
- <para>
- Specifies that the editor is a filter - it requires source and destination path. The destination path is in shell variable $GEEQIE_DESTINATION or, more correctly, it can be
- queried be geeqie -r, like in the geeqie-symlink command:
- </para><para>
- <programlisting>#!/bin/sh
-
-# This is a helper script that symlinks grouped files
-# it uses geeqie remote connection to get details about grouped files
-
-
-# iterate over files on commandline
-for file in "$@" ; do
- # we got only one file for each group, typically the main one
- # get the sidecars:
- geeqie -r --get-sidecars:"$file" |while read sidecar ; do
- # the main file is included in the sidecar file list, no special handling is required
- # get destination path for each sidecar file:
- geeqie -r --get-destination:"$sidecar" | if read destination ; then
- ln -s "$sidecar" "$destination"
- fi
- done
-done
- </programlisting></para></section>
-</section>
-
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideEditorsConfig">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideEditorsConfig">External Editor Configuration</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="EditorsConfigurationDialog">\r
+ <title>Editor Configuration Dialog</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This dialog allows user to add new editors or modify the system ones. It is available in the menu\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Configure Editors</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The Editors dialog shows list of all relevant editors i.e. all installed desktop files that are designated either:\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ >\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <literal>Categories=Graphics</literal>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <literal>Categories=X-Geeqie</literal>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ The list has the following columns:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist spacing="compact">\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Editor name as specified in desktop file, and is the name displayed in menus.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Hidden</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ An editor can be\r
+ <emphasis>Hidden</emphasis>\r
+ for one of these reasons:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ the desktop file contains\r
+ <literal>Hidden=TRUE</literal>\r
+ or\r
+ <literal>NoDisplay=TRUE</literal>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <literal>TryExec</literal>\r
+ binary was not found\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <literal>MimeType</literal>\r
+ list does not contain images\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <literal>MimeType</literal>\r
+ list is empty and\r
+ <literal>Categories</literal>\r
+ does not contain\r
+ <literal>X-Geeqie</literal>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist spacing="compact">\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Desktop file</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ Name of the desktop file, used as an identifier in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsKeyboard" endterm="titleGuideOptionsKeyboard" />\r
+ .\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Path</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Full path to the desktop file. Desktop files in user directories override the system ones with the same name.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Addingneweditor">\r
+ <title>Adding new editor</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="document-new.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ New\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ opens a text editor with a desktop file template. You must amend the line\r
+ <programlisting>Exec=command %f</programlisting>\r
+ to contain the command you wish to execute. If it is more than a single command, you must create a script file and call that. If the location of the script file is not in your $PATH environment variable, you must include the full pathname.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Modifyinganexistingeditor">\r
+ <title>Modifying an existing editor</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-edit.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Edit\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ opens a text editor with existing desktop file. For desktop files that are not writable by user, it allows saving to a Geeqie specific directory, where it overrides the system file (but only for Geeqie).\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Deletinganeditor">\r
+ <title>Deleting an editor</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-delete.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Delete\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ can delete user writable desktop files. System desktop files can't be deleted directly, but it is possible to edit them and set\r
+ <literal>Hidden=TRUE</literal>\r
+ , see above.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Specialeditors">\r
+ <title>Special editors</title>\r
+ <para>A desktop file with one of the following names has a special function. It will replace the corresponding internal command.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ geeqie-copy-command.desktop\r
+ geeqie-move-command.desktop\r
+ geeqie-rename-command.desktop\r
+ geeqie-delete-command.desktop\r
+ geeqie-folder-command.desktop\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>This can be used for example for a custom trash command or for manipulation of files under version control.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Geeqieextensions">\r
+ <title>Geeqie desktop file keys</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A desktop file for use only by Geeqie should have the following entries:\r
+ <programlisting>\r
+ Categories=X-Geeqie;\r
+ OnlyShowIn=X-Geeqie;\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A menu path where the editor will appear, instead of in the default\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>External Editors</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ , can be set by including:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Menu-Path=<FileMenuPath></programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Possible vales for\r
+ <emphasis>FileMenuPath</emphasis>\r
+ are:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ FileMenu\r
+ FileMenu/OpenSection\r
+ FileMenu/SearchSection\r
+ FileMenu/PrintSection\r
+ FileMenu/FileOpsSection\r
+ FileMenu/QuitSection\r
+ GoMenu\r
+ SelectMenu\r
+ SelectMenu/SelectSection\r
+ SelectMenu/ClipboardSection\r
+ SelectMenu/MarksSection\r
+ SelectMenu/EditMenu\r
+ SelectMenu/ExternalMenu\r
+ SelectMenu/EditSection\r
+ SelectMenu/OrientationMenu\r
+ SelectMenu/PropertiesSection\r
+ SelectMenu/PreferencesMenu\r
+ SelectMenu/PreferencesSection\r
+ ViewMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/WindowSection\r
+ ViewMenu/FileDirMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/FolderSection\r
+ ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/ListSection\r
+ ViewMenu/DirSection\r
+ ViewMenu/ZoomMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/ZoomMenu/ConnectZoomMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/SplitMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/ColorMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/OverlayMenu\r
+ ViewMenu/ViewSection\r
+ ViewMenu/ToolsSection\r
+ ViewMenu/SlideShowSection\r
+ HelpMenu\r
+ HelpMenu/HelpSection\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If you want an editor to use a user-definable path, the following entry must be made in the desktop file:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Filter=true</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When the external editor is executed, you are presented with a dialogue which enables a path to be selected. The path selected, appended by the filename currently being processed, is made available to the editor script either as an environment variable or via a call to geeqie --remote. The following code demonstrates the use of both methods:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ for file in "$@"\r
+ do\r
+ destination=$(geeqie --remote --get-destination:"$file")\r
+ \r
+ echo "$destination"\r
+ echo $GEEQIE_DESTINATION\r
+ done\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If you want to run an editor in full-screen mode and wish full-screen to be maintained, include the following entry in the desktop file:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Keep-Fullscreen=true</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Any terminal output from the editor command can be displayed with the following command:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Verbose=true</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The editor can be restricted to run on only certain file types, for example:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-File-Extensions=.jpg; .cr2</programlisting>\r
+ The entries are case insensitive.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Keep-Verbose-Multi=</programlisting>\r
+ TBD\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The key or key combination to execute this function can be set with:\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Hotkey=</programlisting>\r
+ Key combinations are of the form:\r
+\r
+ <programlisting>X-Geeqie-Hotkey=<control>y</programlisting>\r
+ <note>\r
+ This value may conflict with a setting in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsKeyboard" endterm="titleGuideOptionsKeyboard" />\r
+ </note>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideFaq">
- <title>
- Frequently Asked Questions
- </title>
- <para/><section id="Imageviewing"><title>
- Image viewing
- </title>
- <para/><section id="HowdoIkeepimagessmallerthanthevisibleareafromenlargingwhenthezoomissettofittowindow"><title>
- How do I keep images smaller than the visible area from enlarging when the zoom is set to “fit to window” ?
- </title>
- <para>
- In the preferences dialog, under the “Image” tab, disable “Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit”.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Commandline"><title>
- Command line
- </title>
- <para/><section id="HowdoIopenanimageinanexistingGeeqieapplication"><title>
- How do I open an image in an existing Geeqie application ?
- </title>
- <para>
- Use the “-r” command line option to send commands to an existing Geeqie, for a list of commands supported by the remote switch run:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-`geeqie --remote-help`
-</programlisting>
- <para/></section><section id="HowdoIsettheslideshowdelaywhenstartingGeeqieinslideshowfromthecommandline"><title>
- How do I set the slide show delay when starting Geeqie in slide show from the command line ?
- </title>
- <para>
- The delay can not be set when used with the standard -s command line switch, as -s uses the delay stored in the configuration file. For this use the remote command -ss to start the slide show after setting the delay with -d, the order of the command line is important, for example a 12 second slide show delay:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-`geeqie -r -d12 -ss`
-</programlisting>
- <para>
- Note that if geeqie is running prior to this command, the slide show should also be stopped prior to changing the delay:
- </para>
- <programlisting>
-`geeqie -r -sS -d12 -ss`
-</programlisting>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Miscellaneous"><title>
- Miscellaneous
- </title>
- <para/><section id="IwanttobeabletoeditimageswithGeeqie"><title>
- I want to be able to edit images with Geeqie
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie is an image <emphasis role="i">viewer</emphasis>. There is, and never will be, a plan to add editing features. I recommend gimp for image editing.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideFaq">\r
+ <title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Imageviewing">\r
+ <title>Image viewing</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="HowdoIkeepimagessmallerthanthevisibleareafromenlargingwhenthezoomissettofittowindow">\r
+ <title>How do I keep images smaller than the visible area from enlarging when the zoom is set to “fit to window” ?</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ In the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Preferences Image dialog</link>\r
+ , disable “Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit”.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Commandline">\r
+ <title>Command line</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="HowdoIopenanimageinanexistingGeeqieapplication">\r
+ <title>How do I open an image in an existing Geeqie application ?</title>\r
+ <para>Use the “--remote” command line option to send commands to an existing Geeqie, for a list of commands supported by the remote switch run:</para>\r
+ <programlisting>geeqie --remote-help</programlisting>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="HowdoIsettheslideshowdelaywhenstartingGeeqieinslideshowfromthecommandline">\r
+ <title>How do I set the slide show delay when starting Geeqie in slide show from the command line ?</title>\r
+ <para>The delay can not be set when used with the standard --slideshow command line switch, as --slideshow uses the delay stored in the configuration file.</para>\r
+ <para>For this, use the remote command --slideshow-start to start the slide show after setting the delay with --delay=. The order of the command line is important. For example for a 12 second slide show delay use:</para>\r
+ <programlisting>geeqie --remote --delay=12 --slideshow-start</programlisting>\r
+ <para>Note that if geeqie is running prior to this command, the slide show should also be stopped prior to changing the delay:</para>\r
+ <programlisting>geeqie --remote --slideshow-stop --delay=12 --slideshow-start</programlisting>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Miscellaneous">\r
+ <title>Miscellaneous</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="IwanttobeabletoeditimageswithGeeqie">\r
+ <title>I want to be able to edit images with Geeqie</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie is an image\r
+ <emphasis role="i">viewer</emphasis>\r
+ . There is, and never will be, a plan to add editing features. I recommend gimp for image editing.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+</chapter>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<chapter id="GuideGnuFdl">
- <title>
- GNU Free Documentation License
- </title>
- <programlisting>
+ <title id="titleGuideGnuFdl">GNU Free Documentation License</title>
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">
GNU Free Documentation License
Version 1.2, November 2002
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
+
</programlisting>
- <para/></chapter>
+ <para />
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideImageManagement">
- <title>
- Image Management
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie includes a set of utilities to copy, move, rename, and delete images.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementCopyMove.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementRename.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementDelete.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideImageManagement">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageManagement">File Management</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie includes a set of utilities to copy, move, rename, and delete images. Cache maintenance utilities are also provided.</para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementCopyMove.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementRename.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementDelete.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceManagement.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</chapter>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageManagementCopyMove">
- <title>
- Copy and Move
- </title>
- <para>
- To copy an file in Geeqie press Ctrl + C, to move an file press Ctrl + M. These operations also appear under File in the main menu, and in the context menu of all images and files.
- </para>
- <para>
- The Copy and Move operations and dialogs behave the same in Geeqie, with the only difference being the final result. The remaining text of this page applies equally to the Copy and Move operations, for the remainder of this page these will be referred to as a Copy/Move operation.
- </para>
- <para>
- Initiating a Copy/Move operation will display a dialog to select the destination folder to Copy/Move the selected file, after the destination folder is selected Geeqie will proceed to Copy/Move the images to the destination. If an error occurs or a file exists with the same name as one of the files being Copy/Moved, a dialog will appear prompting how to handle the situation.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="TheCopyMovedialog"><title>
- The Copy/Move dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- This is the dialog that is displayed when initiating a Copy/Move operation. The dialog contains a row of buttons near the top, vertical list of bookmarks along the left side, a vertical list of folders in the current path, a text entry field, and a row of buttons along the bottom.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Home button
- </term><listitem><para>
- Activate this button to change the active path to your home folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- New Folder button
- </term><listitem><para>
- Activate this to create a new empty folder as a sub folder of the active path. The new folder will appear in the folder list ready for you to type in the desired name.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Show Hidden check box
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enabling this check box will cause hidden folders to appear in the folder list.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Bookmark list
- </term><listitem><para>
- This list on the left side of the window allows you to save links to folders that are frequently used. Activating a bookmark will change the active path to that pointed to by the link. To add items to the bookmark list highlight a folder and press Ctrl + B, select “Add bookmark” from the folder's context menu, or drag a folder onto the bookmark list.<?db2html element="br"?>
- The bookmark has a context menu that can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button, or pressing the Menu key when a bookmark has the focus. From the context menu you can edit a bookmark, move it up or down in the list, or remove the bookmark from the list. A bookmark can also be moved by pressing Shift + Up or Shift + Down while it has the focus.
- </para><para>
- A bookmark with the name "." is treated as a special case. Each time this bookmark is displayed, its path is loaded with Geeqie's current working folder. This bookmark, like any other, can be deleted and re-created at any time.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Folder list
- </term><listitem><para>
- This is the list that displays the folders contained in the active path. To change the active path to a folder displayed in this list double click the primary mouse button or highlight the folder with the keyboard and press Enter or Spacebar. This list has a context menu that allows renaming or bookmarking the selected folder. A folder can also be dragged onto the bookmark list to add a bookmark.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Path entry
- </term><listitem><para>
- This text entry displays the active path of the dialog. The path can be directly edited using this entry. Tab completion is supported, and the drop down arrow will display a list of recently selected folders.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Copy/Move button
- </term><listitem><para>
- The name of this button will differ depending on the selected operation, activating it will start the operation with the folder displayed in the path entry as the destination.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Cancel button
- </term><listitem><para>
- Activate this button to close the dialog, the operation will be aborted.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Theerrordialog"><title>
- The error dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- If a problem occurs because Geeqie is unable to Copy or Move a selected file a dialog will appear to notify the user. The dialog will also ask if the operation should continue if one or more files remain to be Copied or Moved.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Theoverwritedialog"><title>
- The overwrite dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- If a file with the same name exists in the selected destination a dialog will appear to notify the user and ask how to resolve the conflict. The dialog will also display the source and destination images. The following possible solutions will be offered:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Auto rename
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enabling this check box to have Geeqie select a unique name for the destination file, the proposed new name will appear in the rename entry field.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Rename
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enable this check box to manually enter a new name for the file.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Overwrite
- </term><listitem><para>
- Activate this will overwrite the existing file, or rename it if one of the rename check boxes are enabled.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Overwrite all
- </term><listitem><para>
- Activating this will perform the same operation as the Yes button, however any further file name conflicts will be handled quietly in the same method as is selected for the current file.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Skip
- </term><listitem><para>
- This button will skip doing anything to the file in question, and resume the operation with the next file. The source file will remain untouched.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Skip All
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will perform the same as the Skip button, however any further file name conflicts will be quietly ignored for all remaining files.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Cancel
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will close the dialog and stop the operation, all remaining files will be ignored.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageManagementCopyMove">\r
+ <title>Copy and Move</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To copy a file in Geeqie select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ and to move a file select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>M</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ . These operations also appear in the context menu of all images and files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The Copy and Move operations and dialogs behave the same in Geeqie, with the only difference being the final result. The remaining text of this page applies equally to the Copy and Move operations, for the remainder of this page these will be referred to as a Copy/Move operation.</para>\r
+ <para>Initiating a Copy/Move operation will display a dialog to select the destination folder to Copy/Move the selected file, after the destination folder is selected Geeqie will proceed to Copy/Move the images to the destination. If an error occurs or a file exists with the same name as one of the files being Copy/Moved, a dialog will appear prompting how to handle the situation.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="TheCopyMovedialog">\r
+ <title>The Copy/Move dialog</title>\r
+ <para>This is the dialog that is displayed when initiating a Copy/Move operation. The dialog contains a row of buttons near the top, vertical list of bookmarks along the left side, a vertical list of folders in the current path, a text entry field, and a row of buttons along the bottom.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Home button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to change the active path to your home folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>New Folder button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Activate this to create a new empty folder as a sub folder of the active path. The new folder will appear in the folder list ready for you to type in the desired name.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show Hidden check box</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enabling this check box will cause hidden folders to appear in the folder list.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Bookmark list</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This list on the left side of the window allows you to save links to folders that are frequently used. Activating a bookmark will change the active path to that pointed to by the link. To add items to the bookmark list highlight a folder and press\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>B</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ , select “Add bookmark” from the folder's context menu, or drag a folder onto the bookmark list.\r
+ <para />\r
+ The bookmark has a context menu that can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button, or pressing the Menu key when a bookmark has the focus. From the context menu you can edit a bookmark, move it up or down in the list, or remove the bookmark from the list. A bookmark can also be moved by pressing Shift + Up or Shift + Down while it has the focus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>A bookmark with the name "." is treated as a special case. Each time this bookmark is displayed, its path is loaded with Geeqie's current working folder. This bookmark, like any other, can be deleted and re-created at any time.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Folder list</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This is the list that displays the folders contained in the active path. To change the active path to a folder displayed in this list double click the primary mouse button or highlight the folder with the keyboard and press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or\r
+ <keycap>Spacebar</keycap>\r
+ . This list has a context menu that allows renaming or bookmarking the selected folder. A folder can also be dragged onto the bookmark list to add a bookmark.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Path entry</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This text entry displays the active path of the dialog. The path can be directly edited using this entry. Tab completion is supported, and the drop down arrow will display a list of recently selected folders.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Copy/Move button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The name of this button will differ depending on the selected operation, activating it will start the operation with the folder displayed in the path entry as the destination.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Cancel button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to close the dialog, the operation will be aborted.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Theerrordialog">\r
+ <title>The error dialog</title>\r
+ <para>If a problem occurs because Geeqie is unable to Copy or Move a selected file a dialog will appear to notify the user. The dialog will also ask if the operation should continue if one or more files remain to be Copied or Moved.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Theoverwritedialog">\r
+ <title>The overwrite dialog</title>\r
+ <para>If a file with the same name exists in the selected destination a dialog will appear to notify the user and ask how to resolve the conflict. The dialog will also display the source and destination images. The following possible solutions will be offered:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Auto rename</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enabling this check box to have Geeqie select a unique name for the destination file, the proposed new name will appear in the rename entry field.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Rename</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enable this check box to manually enter a new name for the file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Overwrite</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Activate this will overwrite the existing file, or rename it if one of the rename check boxes are enabled.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Overwrite all</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Activating this will perform the same operation as the Yes button, however any further file name conflicts will be handled quietly in the same method as is selected for the current file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Skip</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This button will skip doing anything to the file in question, and resume the operation with the next file. The source file will remain untouched.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Skip All</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will perform the same as the Skip button, however any further file name conflicts will be quietly ignored for all remaining files.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Cancel</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will close the dialog and stop the operation, all remaining files will be ignored.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageManagementDelete">
- <title>
- Delete
- </title>
- <para>
- To delete a file in Geeqie press Ctrl + D, or select Delete from the file menu. Delete is also available in the context menu of all images and files. If <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Enable delete key?</link> is enabled in Options, pressing the Delete key can also be used to delete files.
- </para>
- <para>
- The behavior when starting a delete operation depends on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Confirm file delete?</link> option in Options. If the option is enabled a dialog will appear to confirm the operation, if it is not enabled the files will be deleted without further interaction. In all cases if the file is unable to be deleted you will be notified by a dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Confirmdeletedialog"><title>
- Confirm delete dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- The dialog that appears when delete confirmation is enabled will show the file or files to be deleted. To delete the file press Enter or activate the Delete button. Pressing Escape or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and abort the operation.
- </para>
- <para>
- When deleting multiple files, the dialog will include two arrow buttons to step the image preview through the list of files to be deleted. Initially the preview will be blank, activate the right arrow to display the first file.
- </para>
- <para>
- The dialog will also display the status of the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Safe Delete?</link> feature. Use this to determine if a file to be deleted will be immediately lost, or if the file can possibly be recovered from the Safe Delete folder.
- </para>
- <para>
- If a file is unable to be deleted, a dialog will appear to notify you. If multiple files were selected and any remain, the dialog will include a Continue button, activating this button or pressing Enter will delete the remaining files. Pressing Escape or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and the remaining files will not be deleted.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="SafeDelete"><title>
- Safe Delete
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie includes a feature to temporarily store deleted files in a selected folder, to use this feature enable <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Safe Delete?</link> on the advanced tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para>
- Safe Delete includes these options:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Folder
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The folder to use for temporarily retaining deleted files.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Maximum size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The maximum amount of disk space to use when storing deleted files, in megabytes.
- </para>
- <para>
- When the total size of the deleted files stored in the Safe Delete folder exceeds the Maximum size, the oldest files are removed from the folder to make space for the new deleted files.
- </para>
- <para>
- Files moved to the Safe Delete folder are prefixed with a six digit number in the format: <literal>nnnnnn_FILENAME</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- This is used to distinguish which files to remove first when clearing space for new files. The digit counter increments with each deleted file.
- </para>
- <para>
- To clear the contents of the Safe Delete folder, activate the Clear button provided for this purpose on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Advanced tab?</link> in Options.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageManagementDelete">\r
+ <title>Delete</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To delete a file in Geeqie select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ . Delete is also available in the context menu of all images and files. If\r
+ <link linkend="Delete">Enable delete key</link>\r
+ is enabled in Options, pressing the\r
+ <keycap>Delete</keycap>\r
+ key can also be used to delete files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The behavior when starting a delete operation depends on the\r
+ <link linkend="Delete">Confirm file delete</link>\r
+ option in Options. If the option is enabled a dialog will appear to confirm the operation, if it is not enabled the files will be deleted without further interaction. In all cases if the file is unable to be deleted you will be notified by a dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Confirmdeletedialog">\r
+ <title>Confirm delete dialog</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The dialog that appears when delete confirmation is enabled will show the file or files to be deleted. To delete the file press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Delete button. Pressing\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and abort the operation.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>When deleting multiple files, the dialog will include two arrow buttons to step the image preview through the list of files to be deleted. Initially the preview will be blank, activate the right arrow to display the first file.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The dialog will also display the status of the\r
+ <link linkend="Delete">Safe Delete</link>\r
+ feature. Use this to determine if a file to be deleted will be immediately lost, or if the file can possibly be recovered from the Safe Delete folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If a file is unable to be deleted, a dialog will appear to notify you. If multiple files were selected and any remain, the dialog will include a Continue button, activating this button or pressing Enter will delete the remaining files. Pressing\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and the remaining files will not be deleted.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="SafeDelete">\r
+ <title>Safe Delete</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie includes a feature to temporarily store deleted files in a selected folder, to use this feature enable\r
+ <link linkend="Delete">Safe Delete</link>\r
+ on the advanced tab of the preferences dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">
- <title>
- External Editors
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the external editor facility.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="ExternalEditing"><title>
- External Editing
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie provides the ability to execute commands, such as running an image editor on a selected image. In Geeqie these are called the external editing commands.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="ExternalEditors"><title>
- External Editors
- </title>
- <para>
- External editors can do anything from running simple operations like symlink to fully featured programs like gimp.
- </para>
- <para>
- Geeqie looks for standard desktop files.
- </para>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/">http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/</ulink>
- </para>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/">http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/</ulink>
- </para>
- <para>
- It is also possible to add Geeqie-specific editors with the Editor Configuration Dialog.
- </para>
- <para>
- Editors appear in menu Edit / External Editors, unless specified otherwise in the desktop file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Resultdialog"><title>
- Result dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- Commands that are set to display their output in a window will show a dialog when the command is executed.
- </para>
- <para>
- The Result dialog will display the command's text output. If the editor command will result in multiple runs of the same command for each file, you can use the Stop button to stop Geeqie from executing the command for remaining files.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once all commands have completed, or if the Stop button was pressed and the pending command has completed, you can use the Close button, or press Escape, to close the Result dialog. The Result dialog can not be closed while a command is still running.
- </para>
- </section><section id="GuideEditorsConfig"><title>Editor Configuration</title><para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideEditorsConfig.xml"/></para></section>
-</section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">\r
+ <title>External Actions</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie provides the facility to execute external commands. In Geeqie these are called external editors.</para>\r
+ <para>However these commands are not limited to editing images - any external command may be called via this facility.</para>\r
+ <para>Actions may be performed on a single file, or on a set of selected files.</para>\r
+ <para>External editors can do anything from running simple operations like symlink to activating fully featured programs like Gimp. Nor does the action have to be performed on files - you may, for instance, configure an editor to download images from your digital camera.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To perform these actions, Geeqie uses standard\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards">desktop</link>\r
+ files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ It is not necessary to understand the details of desktop file specifications because the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideEditorsConfig" endterm="titleGuideEditorsConfig" />\r
+ dialogue presents you with an easy-to-use template. This dialogue is accessed via\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Configure Editors</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Editors will appear in the menu\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>External Editors</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ , unless specified otherwise in the desktop file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para>Commands that are set to display their output in a window will show a dialogue when the command is executed.</para>\r
+ <para>The Result dialogue will display the command's text output. If the editor command will result in multiple runs of the same command for each file, you can use the Stop button to stop Geeqie from executing the command for remaining files.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Once all commands have completed, or if the Stop button was pressed and the pending command has completed, you can use the Close button, or press\r
+ <code>Escape</code>\r
+ , to close the Result dialogue. The Result dialogue can not be closed while a command is still running.\r
+ </para>\r
+</chapter>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageManagementRename">
- <title>
- Rename
- </title>
- <para>
- To rename a file in Geeqie press Ctrl + R, or select Rename from the File menu. Rename is also available in the context menu of all images and files.
- </para>
- <para>
- When renaming a file, a dialog will display allowing entry of the new name for the file. The dialog will be different depending on the number of files selected to be renamed. A simple dialog will appear when renaming a single file, however when renaming multiple files the dialog will include a list of the file to be renamed and additional options.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Renamesinglefiledialog"><title>
- Rename single file dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- The dialog that appears when renaming a single file includes an image of the file, an entry to type the new name of the file, a Rename button, and a Cancel button. Type the new name into the text entry and press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the file. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort renaming the file.
- </para>
- <para>
- When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press Enter or activate the Overwrite button. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog abort renaming the file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Renamemultiplefilesdialog"><title>
- Rename multiple files dialog
- </title>
- <para>
- The dialog that appears when renaming multiple files includes the list of files to be renamed, a preview image of the active file, an entry to enter the new file name, an auto rename check box, a Rename button, and a Cancel button.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Manually enter new file names
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- To manually enter the new name of each file, the active file will be displayed in the image preview and it's original name will be displayed above the text entry. To rename the file type the new name and press Enter or activate the Rename button. When a file is successfully renamed it will be removed from the list and the next one will become the active file. After all files have been renamed, the dialog will close.
- </para>
- <para>
- Files do not have to be renamed in the order that they appear in the list, highlighting a name in the list will make it become the active file.
- </para>
- <para>
- When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press Enter or activate the Overwrite button. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to return to the original rename dialog, the file that prompted the overwrite dialog will remain active.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Automatic renaming of multiple files
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- To automatically rename the files in the list, enable the Auto rename check box. The dialog will change to batch mode for numerical naming of files.
- </para>
- <para>
- The file name list will change to include a preview column that will show the resulting name of each file. The text entry will change to three entries; the first represents the text that appears in the new names before the number, the second will be the start number to use when incrementing the file number, and the third represents the text to append to the name after the number. The end text should include the file name extension, therefore batch renaming multiple types of files (those with different extensions) all at once is not recommended.
- </para>
- <para>
- The padding number can be used to change the minimum length of characters to use for the number portion of the new name. When the file number results in fewer characters than the padding size, the result will be padded with leading zeros to fill the remaining space. For example if padding size is 3, a file with the number 24 will appear in the file name as “024”.
- </para>
- <para>
- The order of the file list can be changed by dragging a name to the desired location within the list. The preview column will update to reflect the new order.
- </para>
- <para>
- When the preview of new names is satisfactory, press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the files to match the name in the preview column. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort the rename operation.
- </para>
- <para>
- If the resulting new names match any existing files, a warning dialog will notify you. The rename dialog will remain so that you can select a different set of names.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageManagementRename">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageManagementRename">Rename</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To rename a file in Geeqie select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ . Rename is also available in the context menu of all images and files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>When renaming a file, a dialog will display allowing entry of the new name for the file. The dialog will be different depending on the number of files selected to be renamed. A simple dialog will appear when renaming a single file, however when renaming multiple files the dialog will include a list of the file to be renamed and additional options.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Renamesinglefiledialog">\r
+ <title>Rename single file dialog</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The dialog that appears when renaming a single file includes an image of the file, an entry to type the new name of the file, a Rename button, and a Cancel button. Type the new name into the text entry and press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Rename button to rename the file. Press\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort renaming the file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Overwrite button. Press\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog abort renaming the file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Renamemultiplefilesdialog">\r
+ <title>Rename multiple files dialog</title>\r
+ <para>The dialog that appears when renaming multiple files includes the list of files to be renamed, a preview image of the active file, an entry to enter the new file name, an auto rename check box, a Rename button, and a Cancel button.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Manually enter new file names</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To manually enter the new name of each file, the active file will be displayed in the image preview and it's original name will be displayed above the text entry. To rename the file type the new name and press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Rename button. When a file is successfully renamed it will be removed from the list and the next one will become the active file. After all files have been renamed, the dialog will close.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Files do not have to be renamed in the order that they appear in the list, highlighting a name in the list will make it become the active file.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Overwrite button. Press\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Cancel button to return to the original rename dialog, the file that prompted the overwrite dialog will remain active.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Automatic renaming of multiple files</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>To automatically rename the files in the list, enable the Auto rename check box. The dialog will change to batch mode for numerical naming of files.</para>\r
+ <para>The file name list will change to include a preview column that will show the resulting name of each file. The text entry will change to three entries; the first represents the text that appears in the new names before the number, the second will be the start number to use when incrementing the file number, and the third represents the text to append to the name after the number. The end text should include the file name extension, therefore batch renaming multiple types of files (those with different extensions) all at once is not recommended.</para>\r
+ <para>The padding number can be used to change the minimum length of characters to use for the number portion of the new name. When the file number results in fewer characters than the padding size, the result will be padded with leading zeros to fill the remaining space. For example if padding size is 3, a file with the number 24 will appear in the file name as “024”.</para>\r
+ <para>The order of the file list can be changed by dragging a name to the desired location within the list. The preview column will update to reflect the new order.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When the preview of new names is satisfactory, press\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Rename button to rename the files to match the name in the preview column. Press\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort the rename operation.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>If the resulting new names match any existing files, a warning dialog will notify you. The rename dialog will remain so that you can select a different set of names.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Formatted renaming of multiple files</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Formatted rename permits file to be renamed in a pre-determined way whilst still including the original file name.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ In the Format box any alpha-numerics can be entered, but the special character\r
+ <keycap>*</keycap>\r
+ will be replaced by the current filename. One or more\r
+ <keycap>#</keycap>\r
+ characters can be included, and will be replaced by an incrementing number.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The current file extension is automatically appended to new new file name.</para>\r
+ <para>The order of the file list can be changed by dragging a name to the desired location within the list. The preview column will update to reflect the new order.</para>\r
+ <para>When the preview of new names is satisfactory, press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the files to match the name in the preview column. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort the rename operation.</para>\r
+ <para>If the resulting new names match any existing files, a warning dialog will notify you. The rename dialog will remain so that you can select a different set of names.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageMarks">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageMarks">Marking Images</title>\r
+ <para>Marks are intended as a temporary method of grouping and filtering sets of images.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="Keywords" endterm="titleKeywords" />\r
+ are intended as a permanent method of identifying sets of images, and to this end it is possible to link any mark with any keyword.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <guimenu>Select</guimenu>\r
+ menu gives access to the marks operations of setting, filtering and intersection.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>There are 6 individual marks, any of which can be associated with an image simply by pressing the 1 to 6 keys on the keyboard.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If the\r
+ <guimenu>Show Marks</guimenu>\r
+ menu has been selected, each image will have a set of 6 check-boxes displayed adjacent to it in the file pane in both icon and list mode. In addition a set of 6 check-boxes will be shown at the top of the files pane. Clicking any of these will filter the displayed list.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If the\r
+ <link linkend="InformationandhistogramOverlay" endterm="titleInformationandhistogramOverlay" />\r
+ is being displayed, the currently set marks for the image are shown. It is not necessary to include an entry into the overlay template for this to happen.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A keyword can be associated with a single mark by right-clicking on the keyword in the sidebar panel. When a meta-data write operation for a file is triggered either <link linkend="Buttons">manually</link> or as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsMetadata" endterm="titleGuideOptionsMetadata" />\r
+ , the keyword data indicated by the current set of mark-to-keyword links will be written.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Neither marks, nor the associations between keywords and marks, are preserved when Geeqie is shut down.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+</section>\r
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<chapter id="GuideImagePresentation">
- <title>
- Image Presentation
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie can be used to display a set of images, showing each image for a period of time before changing to the next image. Images can also be set to fill the entire screen.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+ <title>Image Presentation</title>
+ <para>Geeqie can be used to display a set of images, showing each image for a period of time before changing to the next image. Images can also be set to fill the entire screen.</para>
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow.xml" />
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen.xml" />
+ <para />
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen">
- <title>
- Full Screen
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie allows for the image pane to be expanded to fill the entire screen, this is referred to as full screen.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Turningonfullscreen"><title>
- Turning on full screen
- </title>
- <para>
- Full screen can be activated in a number of ways:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>From the menu bar - open the <emphasis role="strong">View</emphasis> menu and select <emphasis role="strong">Full screen</emphasis>.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From the keyboard - press the F key to toggle full screen.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select <emphasis role="strong">Full screen</emphasis>.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Turningofffullscreen"><title>
- Turning off full screen
- </title>
- <para>
- To return to the normal view:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>From the keyboard - press the F or Esc key to stop full screen.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From a context menu - right click the image pane, and select <emphasis role="strong">Exit full screen</emphasis>.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From the menu bar - the menu bar may be visible when using multiple monitors, open the <emphasis role="strong">View</emphasis> menu and select <emphasis role="strong">Full screen</emphasis>.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Configuringfullscreen"><title>
- Configuring full screen
- </title>
- <para>
- Full screen behavior and location can be adjusted on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Advanced tab?</link> of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Size and location
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This can be changed using Full screen size option, this can be used to select the monitor to use in a multiple monitor configuration.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Smooth image flip in full screen
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This option delays the image change until the next image is entirely decoded into memory, the result is a smoother transition between images.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Disable screen saver in full screen
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This option will execute <emphasis role="i">xscreensaver-command --deactivate</emphasis> once per minute to avoid the screen saver from activating.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Navigation"><title>
- Navigation
- </title>
- <para>
- The usual image navigation controls are available when in full screen, these are the commands available:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Keyboard
- </entry><entry>
- Mouse
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- F, V, Esc
- </entry><entry>
- Context menu
- </entry><entry>
- Turn off full screen.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Image Navigation</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/PageDown">PageDown?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Left Click on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Mouse Wheel down [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Change to next image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/PageUp">PageUp?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Middle Click on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Mouse Wheel up [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Change to previous image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Home
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to first image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- End
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to last image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Image panning</emphasis> (image has keyboard focus)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Arrows
- </entry><entry>
- Left Drag on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Shift + Mouse Wheel [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Pan image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Pan Image faster.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Pan to respective edge of image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/SpaceBar">SpaceBar?</ulink>
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to next image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Backspace
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to previous image.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- Several other standard controls are also available through the keyboard and context menu:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- Function
- </entry><entry>
- Difference from normal view
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Copy, Move, Rename
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- External edit commands<?db2html element="br"?>
- (Ctrl + 1 ... 0, context menu)
- </entry><entry>
- Full screen will turn off prior to activating the function.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Open image properties window<?db2html element="br"?>
- (Ctrl + P, context menu)
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Image rotation, mirror, and flip
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Zoom controls
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- I
- </entry><entry>
- Toggle information overlay for full screen: on with histogram, on without histogram, off.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- K
- </entry><entry>
- Switch between the different histogram modes: RGB, value, maximum value, red channel, green channel, blue channel.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- J
- </entry><entry>
- Toogle between linear and logarithmical histogram.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Slide show controls<?db2html element="br"?>
- (S, P, context menu)
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Quit with Ctrl + Q
- </entry><entry>
- same
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- (*) Note: Default Mouse wheel functions can be altered by changing the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Mouse wheel scrolls image?</link> option.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImagePresentationFullscreen">Full Screen</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie allows for the image pane to be expanded to fill the entire screen, this is referred to as full screen.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Turningonfullscreen">\r
+ <title>Turning on full screen</title>\r
+ <para>Full screen can be activated in a number of ways:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Full screen</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Full screen</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Turningofffullscreen">\r
+ <title>Turning off full screen</title>\r
+ <para>To return to the normal view:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From the keyboard - press\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ or\r
+ <keycap>Esc</keycap>\r
+ to stop full screen.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From a context menu - right click the image pane, and select\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Exit full screen</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From the menu bar - the menu bar may be visible when using multiple monitors, select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Full screen</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Configuringfullscreen">\r
+ <title>Configuring full screen</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Full screen behavior and location can be adjusted on the\r
+ <link linkend="FullScreen">Windows tab</link>\r
+ of the preferences dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Navigation">\r
+ <title>Navigation</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Refer to\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" endterm="titleGuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">
- <title>
- Slide Show
- </title>
- <para>
- The image pane can be set to automatically change the displayed image after a period of time, in Geeqie this is referred to as a slide show.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Startingaslideshow"><title>
- Starting a slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- A slide show can be started in a number of ways:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>From the menu bar - open the <emphasis role="strong">View</emphasis> menu and select <emphasis role="strong">Toggle slide show</emphasis> to toggle the slide show on or off .
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From the keyboard - press the S key to toggle the slide show on or off.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select <emphasis role="strong">Start slide show</emphasis>, or <emphasis role="strong">Stop slide show</emphasis>; the text will change depending on the state of the current slide show.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Stoppingaslideshow"><title>
- Stopping a slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- An active slide show can be stopped by using the same functions available to start one, as they work like a toggle switch. If slide show repeat is not enabled in the <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">options dialog</link>, the slide show will stop when the last image in the sequence is displayed.
- </para>
- <para>
- Any action that changes the image pane to a new image will stop the active slide show, with the exception of the methods discussed in [<ulink url="/wiki#navigation">Slide show sequence navigation</ulink>].
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Slideshowstatus"><title>
- Slide show status
- </title>
- <para>
- The main window <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link> can be used to determine when a slide show is active, <emphasis role="strong">Slide show</emphasis> will be displayed next to the file count field. An individual <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">Image Window</link> can also display a slide show, however the status will not be immediately visible. To determine the slide show status in an image window, open a context menu by right clicking or using the menu key, the slide show menu item will reflect the slide show status; if <emphasis role="strong">Start slide show</emphasis> is displayed, no slide show is active, conversely if <emphasis role="strong">Stop slide show</emphasis> is displayed a slide show is active.
- </para>
- <para>
- When a Slide show is paused, the main window status bar will display <emphasis role="strong">Paused</emphasis> instead of <emphasis role="strong">Slide show</emphasis>. Likewise, the image context menu will display <emphasis role="strong">Pause slide show</emphasis> or <emphasis role="strong">Continue slide show</emphasis>, depending on the current state.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Pausingaslideshow"><title>
- Pausing a slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- An active slide show can be paused in two ways:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>From the keyboard - press the P key while a slide show is active.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>From a context menu - right click the image pane displaying the slide show, and select <emphasis role="strong">Pause slide show</emphasis>, or <emphasis role="strong">Continue slide show</emphasis> depending on the current slide show state.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Selectingtheimagestoincludeinaslideshow"><title>
- Selecting the images to include in a slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- When a single image is selected, all images in the current folder are included in the slide show. The sequence will begin with the current image; however if random slide shows are enabled, the sequence will begin with a random image from the list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To only include some images in a slide show, use multiple selection to select the images to include before starting the slide show.
- </para>
- <para>
- An image collection can be used as the list of images, to do this drag an image from a collection window onto the image pane. Starting a slide show will then include the images from that collection.
- </para>
- <para>
- So far, the methods described are for slide shows in a main window, in an <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">Image Window</link>, the slide show will use all images referenced by that window.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Recursiveslideshow"><title>
- Recursive slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- In the main window, a recursive slide show can be started from a folder's context menu; the folder's right click menu will include two slide show options:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Slide show: This will start a slide show that includes all images in the selected folder.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Slide show recursive: The slide show will include all images in the selected folder, and all images in the folders that are contained within the selected folder.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Slideshowsequencenavigation"><title>
- Slide show sequence navigation
- </title>
- <para>
- When a slide show is active, functions that normally change the image forward and backward can be used to step through those contained in the slide show.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Configuringaslideshow"><title>
- Configuring a slide show
- </title>
- <para>
- The options that control the behavior of slide shows are located on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">General tab</link> of the options dialog.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Display time
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The delay between each image in the slide show can be adjusted with the Delay before image change option.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Repeat
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will cause the slide show to loop indefinitely, it will continue with the first image after displaying the last image in the slide show list.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Random
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will display images randomly selected from the slide show list. Each image from the slide show list will be displayed once. When Repeat is also enabled, the random sequence is changed after each complete cycle of the images.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImagePresentationSlideshow">Slide Show</title>\r
+ <para>The image pane can be set to automatically change the displayed image after a period of time, in Geeqie this is referred to as a slide show.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Startingaslideshow">\r
+ <title>Starting a slide show</title>\r
+ <para>A slide show can be started in a number of ways:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From the keyboard or mouse\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Toggle slide show</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Start slide show</emphasis>\r
+ , or\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Stop slide show</emphasis>\r
+ ; the text will change depending on the state of the current slide show.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Stoppingaslideshow">\r
+ <title>Stopping a slide show</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ An active slide show can be stopped by using the same functions available to start one, as they work like a toggle switch. If slide show repeat is not enabled in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">Preferences dialog</link>\r
+ , the slide show will stop when the last image in the sequence is displayed.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Any action that changes the image pane to a new image will stop the active slide show, with the exception of the methods discussed in\r
+ <link linkend="Slideshowsequencenavigation">Slide show sequence navigation</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Slideshowstatus">\r
+ <title>Slide show status</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The main window\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link>\r
+ can be used to determine when a slide show is active,\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Slide show</emphasis>\r
+ will be displayed next to the file count field. An individual\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">Image Window</link>\r
+ can also display a slide show, however the status will not be immediately visible. To determine the slide show status in an image window, open a context menu by right clicking or using the menu key, the slide show menu item will reflect the slide show status; if\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Start slide show</emphasis>\r
+ is displayed, no slide show is active, conversely if\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Stop slide show</emphasis>\r
+ is displayed a slide show is active.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When a Slide show is paused, the main window status bar will display\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Paused</emphasis>\r
+ instead of\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Slide show</emphasis>\r
+ . Likewise, the image context menu will display\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Pause slide show</emphasis>\r
+ or\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Continue slide show</emphasis>\r
+ , depending on the current state.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Pausingaslideshow">\r
+ <title>Pausing a slide show</title>\r
+ <para>An active slide show can be paused in two ways:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From the keyboard - press the\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ key while a slide show is active.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ From a context menu - right click the image pane displaying the slide show, and select\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Pause slide show</emphasis>\r
+ , or\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Continue slide show</emphasis>\r
+ depending on the current slide show state.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Selectingtheimagestoincludeinaslideshow">\r
+ <title>Selecting the images to include in a slide show</title>\r
+ <para>When a single image is selected, all images in the current folder are included in the slide show. The sequence will begin with the current image; however if random slide shows are enabled, the sequence will begin with a random image from the list.</para>\r
+ <para>To only include some images in a slide show, use multiple selection to select the images to include before starting the slide show.</para>\r
+ <para>An image collection can be used as the list of images, to do this drag an image from a collection window onto the image pane. Starting a slide show will then include the images from that collection.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ So far, the methods described are for slide shows in a main window, in an\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">Image Window</link>\r
+ , the slide show will use all images referenced by that window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Recursiveslideshow">\r
+ <title>Recursive slide show</title>\r
+ <para>In the main window, a recursive slide show can be started from a folder's context menu; the folder's right click menu will include two slide show options:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Slide show: This will start a slide show that includes all images in the selected folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Slide show recursive: The slide show will include all images in the selected folder, and all images in the folders that are contained within the selected folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Slideshowsequencenavigation">\r
+ <title>Slide show sequence navigation</title>\r
+ <para>When a slide show is active, functions that normally change the image forward and backward can be used to step through those contained in the slide show.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Configuringaslideshow">\r
+ <title>Configuring a slide show</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The options that control the behavior of slide shows are located on the\r
+ <link linkend="Slideshow">General tab</link>\r
+ of the options dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideImageSearch">
- <title>
- Image Search
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie provides methods to find an image, and the ability to find duplicate images.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearchSearch.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideImageSearch">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageSearch">Search and Select</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie provides comprehensive set of search methods, including not only the standard functions such as file date or size, but also image similarity.</para>\r
+ <para>There is a duplicate file finder, which uses search parameters such as image dimensions or checksum. Two sets of image files may be compared.</para>\r
+ <para>Geeqie also has a set of temporary "marks" or "tags" which may be allocated to any image as an aide to file organising.</para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearchSearch.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageMarks.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">
- <title>
- Finding Duplicates
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie provides a utility to find images that have similar attributes or content.
- </para>
- <para>
- To display a new Find Duplicates Window press D or select Find duplicates from the File menu.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Addingfilestobecompared"><title>
- Adding files to be compared
- </title>
- <para>
- Add files to be compared using drag and drop. Drop files or folders onto the Find Duplicates window to add them to the list of files to compare. When one or more folders are dropped onto the window a menu will appear allowing you to choose the desired action:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Add contents
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The contents of dropped folders will added to the window.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Add contents recursive
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The contents of dropped folders and all sub folders will be added to the window.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Skip folders
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Ignore folders contained in the drop list.
- </para>
- <para>
- When files are added to the window, the comparison is restarted to include the new files.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Comparisonmethods"><title>
- Comparison methods
- </title>
- <para>
- The attribute to use for two images to match can be selected with the “Compare by:” drop down menu. Each method is explained below:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Name
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The file name.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Name case-insensitive
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The file name but ignoring case.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The file size.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Date
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The file date.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Dimensions
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The image dimensions.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Checksum
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The MD5 file checksum.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Path
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The complete path to file.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Similarity (high)
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Very similar image content.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Similarity
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Similar image content.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Similarity (low)
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Slightly similar image content.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Similarity (custom)
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Similar image content, the value to use to consider two images a match is configured in the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Advanced tab?</link> of the preferences dialog by setting the “Custom similarity threshold”.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Resultslist"><title>
- Results list
- </title>
- <para>
- Files that match with the selected comparison method will appear in the list. Matching files are grouped in alternating color.
- </para>
- <para>
- The order of the result list can not be changed, files will appear in the order of the search. When comparing by image content similarity, the matching groups will be sorted by order of rank starting with the files that are most similar.
- </para>
- <para>
- A <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis> is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Keyboard shortcuts</emphasis> available in the results list:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Shortcut
- </entry><entry>
- Context menu name
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Enter
- </entry><entry>
- View
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- V
- </entry><entry>
- View in new window
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in a new window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select all
- </entry><entry>
- Selects all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Shift + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select none
- </entry><entry>
- Clear the image selection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 1
- </entry><entry>
- Select group 1 duplicates
- </entry><entry>
- Selects the first image from each match group.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 2
- </entry><entry>
- Select group 2 duplicates
- </entry><entry>
- Selects all but the first image from each match group.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + 1 through<?db2html element="br"?>
- Ctrl + 0
- </entry><entry>
- Edit sub menu
- </entry><entry>
- Executes the respective editor command.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + P
- </entry><entry>
- Properties
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a properties window for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- C
- </entry><entry>
- Add to new collection
- </entry><entry>
- Creates a new collection containing the selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- Print
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a print dialog for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + C
- </entry><entry>
- Copy
- </entry><entry>
- Copy selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + M
- </entry><entry>
- Move
- </entry><entry>
- Move selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + R
- </entry><entry>
- Rename
- </entry><entry>
- Rename selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + D
- </entry><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Delete selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Remove
- </entry><entry>
- Remove selected images from result list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Clear
- </entry><entry>
- Cleared the result list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Menu
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Displays the context menu.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + T
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle display of thumbnails.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Close window.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="strong">selection</emphasis> can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link> of the main window.
- </para>
- <para>
- The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when comparing by dimensions, or when the data is easily available from memory or has been read from the cache.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Statusbar"><title>
- Status bar
- </title>
- <para>
- Along the bottom of the Find Duplicates window is an area that displays the count of files contained in the window, and the number of files in the result list.
- </para>
- <para>
- The status bar will also display the status of an active compare operation using the progress bar. A compare operation involves 2 or 3 stages, depending on the type of comparison. These are the stages in order:
- </para>
- <para>
- 1) If necessary, extra data is read into memory for the comparison stage, the progress bar will indicate this stage with text that resembles “reading dimensions...”, “reading checksums...”, or “reading similarity data...”.<?db2html element="br"?>
- 2) The images are compared using the selected method, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “comparing...”.<?db2html element="br"?>
- 3) The results are sorted for display, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “sorting...”.
- </para>
- <para>
- Stage 1 is only used for the Dimensions, Checksum, and Similarity compare methods.
- </para>
- <para>
- If the time to complete a stage will be significant, an estimated time to completion will also be displayed in the progress bar. The estimated time only refers to the current stage, other stages are not included in the estimate. The time estimate is displayed using the format MINUTES:SECONDS.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Thumbnails"><title>
- Thumbnails
- </title>
- <para>
- Thumbnails can be displayed beside each image in the result list by enabling the Thumbnails check box.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Comparetwofilesets"><title>
- Compare two file sets
- </title>
- <para>
- Sometimes it is useful to compare one group of files to another, different group of files. Enable this check box to compare two groups of files. When enabled a second list will appear, files can be added to this list using the same methods for the main list.
- </para>
- <para>
- When comparing two file sets the results list will display matches between the two lists. For each match group, the first file is always from the main group, and the remaining files are always from the second group.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="DragandDrop"><title>
- Drag and Drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">Finding Duplicates</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie provides a utility to find images that have similar attributes or content.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To display a new Find Duplicates Window select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Find duplicates</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <section id="Addingfilestobecompared">\r
+ <title>Adding files to be compared</title>\r
+ <para>Add files to be compared using drag and drop. Drop files or folders onto the Find Duplicates window to add them to the list of files to compare. When one or more folders are dropped onto the window a menu will appear allowing you to choose the desired action:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Add contents</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The contents of dropped folders will added to the window.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Add contents recursive</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The contents of dropped folders and all sub folders will be added to the window.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Skip folders</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ Ignore folders contained in the drop list.\r
+ <para />\r
+ When files are added to the window, the comparison is restarted to include the new files.\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Comparisonmethods">\r
+ <title>Comparison methods</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The attribute to use for two images to match can be selected with the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Compare by:</emphasis>\r
+ drop down menu. Each method is explained below:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file name.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Name case-insensitive</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file name but ignoring case.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file size.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file date.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Dimensions</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The image dimensions.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Checksum</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The MD5 file checksum.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Path</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The complete path to file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Similarity (high)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Very similar image content.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Similarity</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Similar image content.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Similarity (low)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Slightly similar image content.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Similarity (custom)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Similar image content, the value to use to consider two images a match is configured in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsBehavior">Behaviour tab</link>\r
+ of the preferences dialog by setting <emphasis>Custom similarity threshold</emphasis>.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Resultslist">\r
+ <title>Results list</title>\r
+ <para>Files that match with the selected comparison method will appear in the list. Matching files are grouped in alternating color.</para>\r
+ <para>The order of the result list can not be changed, files will appear in the order of the search. When comparing by image content similarity, the matching groups will be sorted by order of rank starting with the files that are most similar.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis>\r
+ is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Groups in the results list may be selected by using the keyboard. Refer to the <emphasis>Find Duplicates Window</emphasis> section of\r
+ <link linkend="FindDuplicatesWindow" >Keyboard Shortcuts</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">selection</emphasis>\r
+ can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link>\r
+ of the main window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when comparing by dimensions, or when the data is easily available from memory or has been read from the cache.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Statusbar">\r
+ <title>Status bar</title>\r
+ <para>Along the bottom of the Find Duplicates window is an area that displays the count of files contained in the window, and the number of files in the result list.</para>\r
+ <para>The status bar will also display the status of an active compare operation using the progress bar. A compare operation involves 2 or 3 stages, depending on the type of comparison. These are the stages in order:</para>\r
+ <orderedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>If necessary, extra data is read into memory for the comparison stage and the progress bar will indicate this stage with text such as “Reading dimensions...”, “Reading checksums...”, or “Reading similarity data...”.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>The images are compared using the selected method, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “Comparing...”.</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The results are sorted for display, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “Sorting...”.</para>\r
+ <para>Stage 1 is only used for the Dimensions, Checksum, and Similarity compare methods.</para>\r
+ <para>If the time to complete a stage will be significant, an estimated time to completion will also be displayed in the progress bar. The estimated time only refers to the current stage, other stages are not included in the estimate. The time estimate is displayed using the format MINUTES:SECONDS.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </orderedlist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Thumbnails">\r
+ <title>Thumbnails</title>\r
+ <para>Thumbnails can be displayed beside each image in the result list by enabling the Thumbnails check box.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Comparetwofilesets">\r
+ <title>Compare two file sets</title>\r
+ <para>Sometimes it is useful to compare one group of files to another, different group of files. Enable this check box to compare two groups of files. When enabled, a second list will appear and files can be added to this list using the same methods for the main list.</para>\r
+ <para>When comparing two file sets the results list will display matches between the two lists. For each match group, the first file is always from the main group, and the remaining files are always from the second group.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="DragandDrop">\r
+ <title>Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="ImageDataWindow">\r
+ <title>Image Data Window</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <code>Ctrl+Shift+Right Mouse click</code>\r
+ : Use this to display a dialog containing the data stored for the clicked image file. This is usually only useful for debugging purposes.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideImageSearchSearch">
- <title>
- Search Window
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie provides a utility to find one or more images based on various parameters.
- </para>
- <para>
- To display a new Search Window press F3 or select Search from the File menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- To start a search activate the Find button. A search in progress can be stopped by activating the Stop button.
- </para>
- <para>
- The progress of an active search is displayed as a progress bar at the bottom of the window. The progress bar will also display the total files that match the search parameters, and the total number of files searched.
- </para>
- <para>
- When a search is completed, the total number of files found and their total size will be displayed in the status bar.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Searchlocation"><title>
- Search location
- </title>
- <para>
- One of several locations can be chosen as the source to use in the search.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Path
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will include files located in the selected folder, enable the Recurse check box to include the contents of all sub folders.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Comments
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will include all files that have a keyword or comment associated to it.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Only keyword and comment associations stored in the user's home folder are included in this search type.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Results
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will include all files currently listed in the results list, use this to refine a previous search.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Searchparameters"><title>
- Search parameters
- </title>
- <para>
- Each search parameter can be enabled or disabled with the check box to it's left. For a file to be a match, all enabled parameters must be true.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File name
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the entered text appears within the file name, or if the text exactly matches the file name, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The text comparison can be made to be case sensitive by enabling the Match case checkbox.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the file size on disk is equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered value, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive, for example a file of size 10 will match if the size parameters are between 10 and 15.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File date
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the file modification time on disk is equal to, before, after, or between the entered date, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive, for example a file with date of 10/04/2003 will match if the date parameters are between 10/04/2003 and 12/31/2003.
- </para>
- <para>
- For convenience, the button with the down arrow displays a pop up calendar to enter the date.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image dimensions
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the image dimensions are equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered values, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive.
- </para>
- <para>
- The image dimensions test is simple, both width and height must be within the allowed values for a match.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image content
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the image contents are similar within the percentage value, inclusive. This uses the same test and data that is used to determine image similarity when <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">Finding Duplicates</link>. The entry is for entering the path for the image to use in this test.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Keywords
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The search will match if the file's associated keywords match all, match any, or exclude the entered keywords, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. Keywords can be separated with a space, comma, or tab character.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Resultslist"><title>
- Results list
- </title>
- <para>
- Files that match the parameters of the search are shown in the list. By default they are displayed in the order that they are found, to sort the results list by a column activate or click the column title. Activating a column that is already used to sort the list will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order.
- </para>
- <para>
- A <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis> is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Keyboard shortcuts</emphasis> available in the results list:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Shortcut
- </entry><entry>
- Context menu name
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Enter
- </entry><entry>
- View
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- V
- </entry><entry>
- View in new window
- </entry><entry>
- Opens selected image in a new window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select all
- </entry><entry>
- Selects all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Shift + A
- </entry><entry>
- Select none
- </entry><entry>
- Clear the image selection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + 1 through<?db2html element="br"?>
- Ctrl + 0
- </entry><entry>
- Edit sub menu
- </entry><entry>
- Executes the respective editor command.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + P
- </entry><entry>
- Properties
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a properties window for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- C
- </entry><entry>
- Add to new collection
- </entry><entry>
- Creates a new collection containing the selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- Print
- </entry><entry>
- Opens a print dialog for selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + C
- </entry><entry>
- Copy
- </entry><entry>
- Copy selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + M
- </entry><entry>
- Move
- </entry><entry>
- Move selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + R
- </entry><entry>
- Rename
- </entry><entry>
- Rename selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + D
- </entry><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Delete selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Remove
- </entry><entry>
- Remove selected images from result list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Delete
- </entry><entry>
- Clear
- </entry><entry>
- Cleared the result list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Menu
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Displays the context menu.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + T
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle display of thumbnails.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Close window.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="strong">selection</emphasis> can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link> of the main window.
- </para>
- <para>
- The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when dimensions are included in the search parameters.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Statusbar"><title>
- Status bar
- </title>
- <para>
- At the bottom of the search window is an area that includes the following items from left to right:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this check box to display a thumbnail next to each image in the results list.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File count display
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Displays the total count of files in the results list, and their size on disk. The count of selected files will appear in parenthesis.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Search progress
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When a search is active, the text “Searching...” will appear here. Two numbers in parenthesis will also be displayed, the first number is the number of files that match the search parameters and the second number is the total number of files that were searched.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Find
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Activate the find button to start a search with the selected parameters.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Stop
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Activate the stop button to end a search that is in progress.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="DragandDrop"><title>
- Drag and Drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideImageSearchSearch">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideImageSearchSearch">Search Window</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie provides a utility to find one or more images based on various parameters.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To display a new Search Window press\r
+ <keycap>F3</keycap>\r
+ or select\r
+ <guimenu>Search</guimenu>\r
+ from the File menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To start a search activate the\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Find\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ button. A search in progress can be stopped by activating the\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="process-stop.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Stop\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ button.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The progress of an active search is displayed as a progress bar at the bottom of the window. The progress bar will also display the total files that match the search parameters, and the total number of files searched.</para>\r
+ <para>When a search is completed, the total number of files found and their total size will be displayed in the status bar.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Searchlocation">\r
+ <title>Search location</title>\r
+ <para>One of several locations can be chosen as the source to use in the search.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Path</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The search will include files located in the selected folder, enable the Recurse check box to include the contents of all sub folders.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Comments</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ This option is only for use with GqView legacy metadata.\r
+ <para />\r
+ The search will include all files that have a keyword or comment associated to it.\r
+ <note>Only keyword and comment associations stored in the user's home folder are included in this search type.</note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Results</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The search will include all files currently listed in the results list. Use this to refine a previous search.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Searchparameters">\r
+ <title>Search parameters</title>\r
+ <para>Each search parameter can be enabled or disabled with the check box to its left. For a file to be a match, all enabled parameters must be true.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The search will match if the entered text appears within the file name, or if the text exactly matches the file name, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The text comparison can be made to be case sensitive by enabling the Match case checkbox.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ The search will match if the file size on disk is equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered value, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The\r
+ <emphasis>between</emphasis>\r
+ test is inclusive - for example a file of size 10 will match if the size parameters are between 10 and 15.\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ The search will match if the file modification time on disk is equal to, before, after, or between the entered date, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The\r
+ <emphasis>between</emphasis>\r
+ test is inclusive, for example a file with date of 10/04/2003 will match if the date parameters are between 10/04/2003 and 12/31/2003.\r
+ <para />\r
+ For convenience, the\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="go-down.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ button displays a pop up calendar to enter the date\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image dimensions</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ The search will match if the image dimensions are equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered values, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The\r
+ <emphasis>between</emphasis>\r
+ test is inclusive.\r
+ <para />\r
+ The image dimensions test is simple, both width and height must be within the allowed values for a match.\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image content</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ The search will match if the image contents are similar within the percentage value, inclusive. This uses the same test and data that is used to determine image similarity when\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">Finding Duplicates</link>\r
+ . The entry is for entering the path for the image to use in this test.\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Keywords</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The search will match if the file's associated keywords match all, match any, or exclude the entered keywords, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. Keywords can be separated with a space, comma, or tab character.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Resultslist">\r
+ <title>Results list</title>\r
+ <para>Files that match the parameters of the search are shown in the list. By default they are displayed in the order that they are found. To sort the results list by a column, activate or click the column title. Activating a column that is already used to sort the list will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis>\r
+ is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" endterm="titleGuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" />\r
+ available are listed here.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when dimensions are included in the search parameters.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Statusbar">\r
+ <title>Status bar</title>\r
+ <para>At the bottom of the search window is an area that includes the following items from left to right:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Enable this check box to display a thumbnail next to each image in the results list.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File count display</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Displays the total count of files in the results list, and their size on disk. The count of selected files will appear in parenthesis.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Search progress</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>When a search is active, the text “Searching...” will appear here. Two numbers in parenthesis will also be displayed, the first number is the number of files that match the search parameters and the second number is the total number of files that were searched.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Find\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Activate the find button to start a search with the selected parameters.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="process-stop.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Stop\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Activate the stop button to end a search that is in progress.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="DragandDrop">\r
+ <title>Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<book id="GuideIndex">
- <title>
- The Geeqie User Manual
- </title>
- <para>
- This document is a work in progress. If you find any problems or omissions, feel free to fix it directly or report it on geeqie-devel [AT] lists.sourceforge.net.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you are having trouble finding a solution in the manual, try looking in the <link linkend="GuideFaq">FAQ</link>.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideIntroduction.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindow.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindows.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagement.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearch.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideCollections.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebars.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentation.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuidePrinting.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptions.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReference.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideFaq.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideCredits.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideGnuFdl.xml"/>
-
- <para/></book>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<!DOCTYPE html>\r
+<book id="GuideIndex">\r
+ <title>The Geeqie User Manual</title>\r
+ <bookinfo>\r
+ <abstract role="description">\r
+ <para>This is a description of the document.</para>\r
+ </abstract>\r
+ <copyright>\r
+ <year>2004</year>\r
+ <holder>John Ellis</holder>\r
+ </copyright>\r
+ <copyright>\r
+ <year>2008-2016</year>\r
+ <holder>The Geeqie Team</holder>\r
+ </copyright>\r
+ <publisher role="maintainer">\r
+ <publishername>The Geeqie Team</publishername>\r
+ </publisher>\r
+ <author>\r
+ <firstname>John</firstname>\r
+ <surname>Ellis</surname>\r
+ <affiliation>\r
+ <orgname>Geeqie Project</orgname>\r
+ </affiliation>\r
+ <email>geeqie-devel@lists.sourceforge.net</email>\r
+ </author>\r
+ <revhistory>\r
+ <revision>\r
+ <revnumber>0.1</revnumber>\r
+ <date>2004-01-01</date>\r
+ <revdescription>\r
+ <para role="author">John Ellis</para>\r
+ <para role="publisher">Gqview Project</para>\r
+ </revdescription>\r
+ </revision>\r
+ <revision>\r
+ <revnumber>0.2</revnumber>\r
+ <date>2016-05-30</date>\r
+ <revdescription>\r
+ <para role="author">Colin Clark</para>\r
+ <para role="publisher">The Geeqie Team</para>\r
+ </revdescription>\r
+ </revision>\r
+ </revhistory>\r
+ <legalnotice>\r
+ <title>Feedback</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Comments and general help:\r
+ <email>geeqie-devel@lists.sourceforge.net</email>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Bugs and Feature Requests:\r
+ <ulink url="https://github.com/BestImageViewer/geeqie/issues">Geeqie Issues</ulink>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Website:\r
+ <ulink url="http://geeqie.org">geeqie.org</ulink>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </legalnotice>\r
+ </bookinfo>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideIntroduction.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindow.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebars.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindows.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageSearch.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImageManagement.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideColorManagement.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideImagePresentation.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuidePrinting.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptions.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReference.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideFaq.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideLicence.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideCredits.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideGnuFdl.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</book>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideIntroduction">
- <para>
- Legal Notice
- </para>
- <para>
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team.<?db2html element="br"?>
- Copyright (c) 2004 John Ellis.
- </para>
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "<ulink url="/wiki/gnu_fdl">GNU Free Documentation License?</ulink>".
- </para>
- <title>
- Introduction
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie is an image viewer that makes navigation of images easy. Images can be viewed full screen, and a slide show function allows automatic changing of the displayed image.
- </para>
- <para>
- Geeqie is an image manager, with complete copy, move, rename, and delete functions available at the press of a button. Find the right image with the search feature. Image collectors can free up space with a function that finds duplicate images.
- </para>
- <para>
- The one thing Geeqie is not, and never will be, is an image editor. However, Geeqie paired with an image editor, such as the Gimp, can be a very powerful combination.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="BasicFeatures"><title>
- Basic Features
- </title>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Thumbnail preview
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Full screen
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Slide show
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Image Management
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Image Collections
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="AdvancedFeatures"><title>
- Advanced Features
- </title>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Image Search
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Find image duplicates based on image content
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>View and edit EXIF, IPTC and XMP data stored in images
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Simple Sort Manager to quickly sort a folder of images into other folders
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Rename images in bulk
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Add XMP keywords to images, and recall those images with the search function
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Very Configurable
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para>
- “An application that displays images.” - This was, and still is, the primary goal of Geeqie. Over time image management features have been added, but the core purpose of Geeqie remains the same.
- </para>
- <para/></section></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideIntroduction">\r
+ <title>Introduction</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie is an image viewer that makes navigation of images easy. Images can be viewed as thumbnails, in multiple windows or in full screen mode.</para>\r
+ <para>Geeqie is an image manager, with complete copy, move, rename, and delete functions available at the press of a button.</para>\r
+ <para>Extensive image collections can be easily handled using a combination of Geeqie's flexible Keyword facility and powerful Image searches.</para>\r
+ <para>Image collections can be refined with a duplicate image finder.</para>\r
+ <para>Geeqie is ideal for making presentations. A slide-show feature is built in, and Geeqie can be remotely controlled either via command line scripts or an infra-red device. Information such as f-stop, shutter speed and descriptive text can be overlayed onto the image display.</para>\r
+ <para>There is no need to import images into Geeqie - simply point Geeqie to a folder containing images, and your data will be displayed.</para>\r
+ <para>Geeqie is an image viewer, not an image editor. However, Geeqie can be configured to call external image editors such as the Gimp, resulting in a very powerful combination.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Features">\r
+ <title>Features</title>\r
+ <section id="BasicFeatures">\r
+ <title>Basic Features</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="Iconview" endterm="titleIconview" />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen" endterm="titleGuideImagePresentationFullscreen" />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow" endterm="titleGuideImagePresentationSlideshow" />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagement" endterm="titleGuideImageManagement" />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideCollections" endterm="titleGuideCollections" />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="AdvancedFeatures">\r
+ <title>Advanced Features</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearch" endterm="titleGuideImageSearch" />\r
+ <para>Image Search based on many parameters</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates" endterm="titleGuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates" />\r
+ <para>Find image duplicates based on image content</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideSidebarsInfo" endterm="titleExif" />\r
+ <para>View IPTC, and view and edit Exif and XMP data stored in images</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideSidebarsSortManager" endterm="titleGuideSidebarsSortManager" />\r
+ <para>Simple Sort Manager to quickly sort a folder of images into other folders</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementRename" endterm="titleGuideImageManagementRename" />\r
+ <para>Rename images in bulk</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="InformationandhistogramOverlay" endterm="titleInformationandhistogramOverlay" />\r
+ <para>Overlay the image with a panel showing user-definable data</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="Keywords" endterm="titleKeywords" />\r
+ <para>Add XMP keywords to images, and recall those images with the search function</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptions" endterm="titleGuideOptions" />\r
+ <para>Geeqie is a very configurable application</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para>“An application that displays images.” - This was, and still is, the primary goal of Geeqie. Over time image management features have been added, but the core purpose of Geeqie remains the same.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+</chapter>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<chapter id="GuideLicence">
+ <title>Licence</title>
+ <para />
+ <para>The Geeqie program is released under the "GNU General Public License", the complete GNU GPL text can be found in the COPYING file included with each Geeqie release.</para>
+ <para>This Geeqie documentation is released under the
+ <link linkend="GuideGnuFdl" endterm="titleGuideGnuFdl" />.</para>
+ <para />
+ <para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.</para>
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideMainWindow">
- <title>
- Main Window
- </title>
- <para>
- The Geeqie main window is designed for quick and easy navigation of images. The window consists of three regions: the file pane, the folder pane, and the image pane.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowNavigation.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowMenus.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowLayout.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowFilePane.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowFolderPane.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowImagePane.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowStatusBar.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideMainWindow">\r
+ <title>Main Window</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The Geeqie main window is designed for quick and easy navigation of images. The window consists of three regions: the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowFilePane" />\r
+ , the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowFolderPane" />\r
+ , and the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane" /> (optionally bordered by <link linkend="GuideSidebars" endterm="titleGuideSidebars"></link>)\r
+ , all bordered by \r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowMenus" />\r
+ and\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowStatusBar" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Multiple instances of the main window may be started via the \r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>N</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ menu item, and the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowLayout" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowLayout" />\r
+ of each may be individually configured in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsLayout" endterm="titleGuideOptionsLayout" />\r
+ dialogue.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If several instances of the main window are open, they may be closed individually or simultaneously as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsLayout" endterm="titleGuideOptionsLayout" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowFilePane.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowFolderPane.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowImagePane.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowNavigation.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowMenus.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowStatusBar.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideMainWindowLayout.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowFilePane">
- <title>
- File Pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The file pane displays the images contained in the active folder. It has two modes of display, allows multiple selection, and can initiate drag and drop operations.
- </para>
- <para>
- A <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis> can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the file pane or pressing the menu key while the file pane has the focus.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Listview"><title>
- List view
- </title>
- <para>
- This mode can be enabled by selecting “List” from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + L on the keyboard, or unselecting “View as icons” from the context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The list view mode displays images in a standard vertical list. Three columns provide the file name, size in bytes, and the time the contents were last modified.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Thumbnails</emphasis> can be displayed next to each file in the list, to toggle thumbnails on or off by selecting “Thumbnails” from the View menu, pressing the T key, clicking the thumbnail button on the tool bar, or selecting “Show thumbnails” from the context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- <link linkend="GuideOptionsFiltering">Grouped sidecar files</link> are represented by the main file with an expander. Clicking on the expander shows sidecar files.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Iconview"><title>
- Icon view
- </title>
- <para>
- This mode can be enabled by selecting “Icons” from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + I on the keyboard, or selecting “View as icons” from the context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The icon view mode displays images as thumbnails in a grid, and by default a file name below each thumbnail.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <emphasis role="strong">file name</emphasis> displayed below each thumbnail can be turned on or off by selecting “Show filename text” from the context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- <link linkend="GuideOptionsFiltering">Grouped sidecar files</link> are represented by the main file. For accessing sidecars switch to List mode.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Multipleselection"><title>
- Multiple selection
- </title>
- <para>
- It is possible to select more than one image from the file pane. Multiple files can be selected with several methods:
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Mouse"><title>
- Mouse
- </title>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Ctrl + Primary mouse button will add or remove the file from the selection.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Middle mouse button will toggle selection of the file.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Shift + Primary mouse button will select all images between the clicked and focused image, or it will unselect all those images if the clicked image is already selected.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Shift + Ctrl + Primary mouse button works as Shift + Primary mouse button, but will not change the selection of files outside the region between the focus and clicked image.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Keyboard"><title>
- Keyboard
- </title>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Ctrl + Arrows will move the focus without changing the selection.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Ctrl + Space will toggle selection of the focused image.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Shift + Arrows will select a region of images.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Shift + Ctrl + Arrows works as Shift + Arrows, but will not change the selection of files outside the current focus region.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para>
- To select all files press Ctrl + A, or to unselect all image press Ctrl + Shift + A. These operations are also available from the Edit menu as “Select all” and “Select none”.
- </para>
- <para>
- The current number of selected images and their total size will be indicated in the File list section of the <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link>.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Sorting"><title>
- Sorting
- </title>
- <para>
- The order of the images can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu. The sort methods are by file name, number, file date, or file size. The number method will sort file names by their natural order, for example files with names of file_10, file_12, and file_9 will appear in order file_9, file_10, and file_12.
- </para>
- <para>
- Selecting the ascending menu item will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Contextmenu"><title>
- Context menu
- </title>
- <para>
- Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the file pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>, however a few functions are unique to the context menu:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- View in new window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new window containing a list of the currently selected images.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Sort
- </term><listitem><para>
- Changes the sort order of file pane.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- View as icons
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles between the list and icon view modes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Show thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles display of thumbnails in the list view display mode.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Show filename text
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles display of file names in the icon view display mode.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="DragandDrop"><title>
- Drag and Drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons in the file pane. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowFilePane">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowFilePane">File Pane</title>\r
+ <para>The file pane displays the images contained in the active folder. It has two modes of display, allows multiple selection, and can initiate drag and drop operations.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis>\r
+ can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the file pane or pressing the menu key while the file pane has the focus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Listview">\r
+ <title>List view</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This mode can be enabled by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">List</emphasis>\r
+ from the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis>\r
+ menu, pressing <code>Ctrl + L</code>, or unselecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View as icons</emphasis>\r
+ from the context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The list view mode displays images in a standard vertical list. Three columns provide the file name, size in bytes, and the time the contents were last modified.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Thumbnails can be displayed next to each file in the list, to toggle thumbnails on or off by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Thumbnails</emphasis>\r
+ from the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis>\r
+ menu, pressing <code>T</code>, clicking <imagedata fileref="icon_thumb.png"></imagedata> on the tool bar, or selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Show thumbnails</emphasis>\r
+ from the context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsFiltering">Grouped sidecar files</link>\r
+ are represented by the main file with an expander. Clicking on the expander shows sidecar files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Iconview">\r
+ <title id="titleIconview">Icon view</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This mode can be enabled by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Icons</emphasis>\r
+ from the View menu, pressing <code>Ctrl + I</code>, or selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View as icons</emphasis>\r
+ from the context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The icon view mode displays images as thumbnails in a grid, and by default a file name below each thumbnail.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The \r
+ file name displayed below each thumbnail can be turned on or off by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Show filename text</emphasis>\r
+ from the context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsFiltering">Grouped sidecar files</link>\r
+ are represented by the main file. For accessing sidecars switch to List mode.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Multipleselection">\r
+ <title>Multiple selection</title>\r
+ <para>It is possible to select more than one image from the file pane. Multiple files can be selected with several methods:</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Mouse">\r
+ <title>Mouse</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Ctrl</code> + Primary mouse button will add or remove the file from the selection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Middle mouse button will toggle selection of the file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Shift</code> + Primary mouse button will select all images between the clicked and focused image, or it will unselect all those images if the clicked image is already selected.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Shift + Ctrl</code> + Primary mouse button works as Shift + Primary mouse button, but will not change the selection of files outside the region between the focus and clicked image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Keyboard">\r
+ <title>Keyboard</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Ctrl + Arrows</code> will move the focus without changing the selection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Ctrl + Space</code> will toggle selection of the focused image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Shift + Arrows</code> will select a region of images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para><code>Shift + Ctrl + Arrows</code> works as <code>Shift + Arrows</code>, but will not change the selection of files outside the current focus region.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To select all files press <code>Ctrl + A</code>, or to unselect all image press <code>Ctrl + Shift + A</code>. These operations are also available from the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Edit</emphasis>\r
+ menu as\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Select all</emphasis>\r
+ and\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Select none</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The current number of selected images and their total size will be indicated in the File list section of the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Sorting">\r
+ <title>Sorting</title>\r
+ <para>The order of the images can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu. The sort methods are by file name, number, file date, or file size. The number method will sort file names by their natural order, for example files with names of file_10, file_12, and file_9 will appear in order file_9, file_10, and file_12.</para>\r
+ <para>Selecting the ascending menu item will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Contextmenu">\r
+ <title>Context menu</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the file pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>\r
+ , however a few functions are unique to the context menu:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View in new window</emphasis>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new window containing a list of the currently selected images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Sort</emphasis>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Changes the sort order of file pane.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View as icons</emphasis>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles between the list and icon view modes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Show thumbnails</emphasis>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles display of thumbnails in the list view display mode.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Show filename text</emphasis>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles display of file names in the icon view display mode.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="DragandDrop">\r
+ <title>Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons in the file pane. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">
- <title>
- Folder pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The folder pane contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Menubar"><title>
- Menu bar
- </title>
- <para>
- The main menu of the window. The functions available from the main menu are described in the <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">Menus</link> chapter.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Toolbar"><title>
- Tool bar
- </title>
- <para>
- The tool bar includes buttons for often used operations. The tool bar can be hidden or shown by selecting “Hide toolbar” from the view menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: These buttons are only displayed as an icon, the text below refers to the tool tip that appears by hovering the mouse over each button.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- This button is active when the file list is in list view mode, and activating it will toggle the display of thumbnails.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Change to home folder
- </term><listitem><para>
- Change the main window to display the contents of the user's home folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Refresh file list
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will check for changes to the active folder and update the window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom in
- </term><listitem><para>
- Increase the image display size.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom out
- </term><listitem><para>
- Decrease the image display size.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Fit image to window
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will size the image to fit within the image view.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Set zoom 1:1
- </term><listitem><para>
- Restore zoom to the image's original size.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Configure options
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays the <link linkend="GuideOptions">Options window</link>.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Float controls
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggle the folder pane, file pane, and status bar between the main window and a secondary window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The buttons corresponds to selected menu action. It is possible to add other actions by editing the <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig">Configuration file</link>
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Pathentry"><title>
- Path entry
- </title>
- <para>
- This displays the active folder of the window and allows typing a location.
- </para>
- <para>
- A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the Enter key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Tab completion uses the Tab key, press the Down key to move the focus from the entry.
- </para>
- <para>
- Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Folderlist"><title>
- Folder list
- </title>
- <para>
- This displays a list of sub folders contained in the active folder, or a tree that includes all folders in the file system.
- </para>
- <para>
- A <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis> can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the folder pane or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has the focus
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Listview"><title>
- List view
- </title>
- <para>
- This mode can be enabled by from the View menu, from the context menu, or pressing Ctrl + T.
- </para>
- <para>
- The list view mode displays sub folders contained in the active folder in a standard vertical list. The parent folder can be selected with the folder named “..”.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Treeview"><title>
- Tree view
- </title>
- <para>
- This mode can be enabled by selecting “Tree” from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + T, or selecting “View as tree” from the context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The tree view mode displays all folders in the file system, starting with the root folder and branching out to include sub folders. A folder branch can be expanded or collapsed by clicking the expander next to each folder icon, or by pressing the respective + or - keys when the folder branch has the focus.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Sorting"><title>
- Sorting
- </title>
- <para>
- The order of the folder names will match the order selected for the file pane. Sort order can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu of the file pane.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Contextmenu"><title>
- Context menu
- </title>
- <para>
- Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>, however a few functions are unique to the context menu:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Up to parent
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will change the window to display the contents of the parent folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Slide show
- </term><listitem><para>
- Start a <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link> that contains all images in the selected folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Slide show recursive
- </term><listitem><para>
- Start a <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link> that contains all images in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Find duplicates
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will open a new <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link> window containing all images in the selected folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Find duplicates recursive
- </term><listitem><para>
- This will open a new <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link> window containing all image in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- New folder
- </term><listitem><para>
- Creates a new folder that is a sub folder of the selected folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Rename
- </term><listitem><para>
- Renames the selected folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Note: Renaming a folder will not update metadata, such as keywords, or cached thumbnails for images contained in that folder, the data will be lost.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- View as tree
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles between the list and tree modes of the folder pane.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Draganddrop"><title>
- Drag and drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Image files can be dropped onto folders displayed in the folder pane. A menu will appear allowing you to select to move or copy the dropped images into the target folder. The list will automatically scroll up or down when the drag pointer is near the respective top or bottom of the list. When in tree mode, hovering over a folder for a brief period of time will expand that folder.
- </para>
- <para>
- The folders can used as a drag source for drag and drop, for example to add images in a folder to a collection window. However drag and drop can not be used to move or copy folders in Geeqie.
- </para>
- <para>
- Using Shift key while dragging is a shortcut to move action. Menu will not appear but move will occur.
- </para>
- <para>
- Using Ctrl key while dragging is a shortcut to copy action. Menu will not appear but copy will occur.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowFolderPane">Folder pane</title>\r
+ <para>The folder pane contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Menubar">\r
+ <title>Menu bar</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The main menu of the window. The functions available from the main menu are described in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">Menus</link>\r
+ chapter.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Toolbar">\r
+ <title>Tool bar</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The tool bar includes buttons for often used operations. The tool bar can be hidden or shown by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Hide toolbar</emphasis>\r
+ from the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis>\r
+ menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <tgroup cols="3" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <thead rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Icon</entry>\r
+ <entry>Tooltip</entry>\r
+ <entry>Description</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </thead>\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="icon_thumb.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Show thumbnails</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>This button is active when the file list is in list view mode, and activating it will toggle the display of thumbnails.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="go-previous.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Back</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Move back in folder history</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="go-up.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Up</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Move up one folder</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="user-home.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Home</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Change the main window to display the contents of the user's home folder</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="view-refresh.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Refresh folder display</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Refresh the contents of the file pane</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-in.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom in</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Increase the image display size.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-out.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom out</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Decrease the image display size.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-fit-best.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom to fit</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>This will size the image to fit within the window</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="zoom-original.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom 1:1</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Restore zoom to the image's original size.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="preferences-desktop.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Preferences</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Displays the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptions">Preferences window</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="icon_float.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Float file list</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Toggle the folder pane, file pane, and status bar between the main window and a secondary window.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Pathentry">\r
+ <title>Path entry</title>\r
+ <para>This displays the active folder of the window and allows typing a location.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the\r
+ <code>Enter</code>\r
+ key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Tab completion uses the\r
+ <keycode>Tab</keycode>\r
+ key, press the\r
+ <keycode>Down</keycode>\r
+ key to move the focus from the entry.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para>Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Folderlist">\r
+ <title>Folder list</title>\r
+ <para>This displays a list of sub folders contained in the active folder, or a tree that includes all folders in the file system.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">context menu</emphasis>\r
+ can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the folder pane or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has the focus\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Listview">\r
+ <title>List view</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This mode can be enabled by from the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis>\r
+ menu, from the context menu, or pressing\r
+ <code>Ctrl + T</code>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The list view mode displays sub folders contained in the active folder in a standard vertical list. The parent folder can be selected with the folder named “..”.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Treeview">\r
+ <title>Tree view</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This mode can be enabled by selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Tree</emphasis>\r
+ from the View menu, pressing\r
+ <code>Ctrl + T</code>\r
+ , or selecting\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View as tree</emphasis>\r
+ from the context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The tree view mode displays all folders in the file system, starting with the root folder and branching out to include sub folders. A folder branch can be expanded or collapsed by clicking the expander next to each folder icon, or by pressing the respective\r
+ <code>+</code>\r
+ or\r
+ <code>-</code>\r
+ keys when the folder branch has the focus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Sorting">\r
+ <title>Sorting</title>\r
+ <para>The order of the folder names will match the order selected for the file pane. Sort order can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu of the file pane.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Contextmenu">\r
+ <title>Context menu</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>\r
+ , however a few functions are unique to the context menu:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <tgroup cols="3" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <thead rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Icon</entry>\r
+ <entry>Text</entry>\r
+ <entry>Description</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </thead>\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="go-up.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Up to parent</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>This will change the window to display the contents of the parent folder.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Slide show</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Start a\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link>\r
+ that contains all images in the selected folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Slide show recursive</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Start a\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link>\r
+ that contains all images in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Find duplicates</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This will open a new\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link>\r
+ window containing all images in the selected folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-find.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Find duplicates recursive</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This will open a new\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link>\r
+ window containing all image in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>New folder</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Creates a new folder that is a sub folder of the selected folder.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rename</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Renames the selected folder.</para>\r
+ <warning>\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Warning:</emphasis>\r
+ Renaming a folder will not update metadata, such as keywords, or cached thumbnails for images contained in that folder, the data will be lost.\r
+ </warning>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="edit-delete.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Delete</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Delete file or folder</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Copy path</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Copy sjkhsdlfjhvfljhDelete file or folder</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>View as list</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Switches to list tree mode of the folder pane.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>View as tree</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Switches to tree mode of the folder pane.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Show hiden files</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Switches to list tree mode of the folder pane.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="view-refresh.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Refresh</entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <para>Switches to tree mode of the folder pane.</para>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Draganddrop">\r
+ <title>Drag and drop</title>\r
+ <para>Image files can be dropped onto folders displayed in the folder pane. A menu will appear allowing you to select to move or copy the dropped images into the target folder. The list will automatically scroll up or down when the drag pointer is near the respective top or bottom of the list. When in tree mode, hovering over a folder for a brief period of time will expand that folder.</para>\r
+ <para>The folders can used as a drag source for drag and drop, for example to add images in a folder to a collection window. However drag and drop can not be used to move or copy folders in Geeqie.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Using\r
+ <code>Shift</code>\r
+ key while dragging is a shortcut to move action. Menu will not appear but move will occur.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Using\r
+ <code>Ctrl</code>\r
+ key while dragging is a shortcut to copy action. Menu will not appear but copy will occur.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowImagePane">
- <title>
- Image Pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The image pane is the region of the main window that displays the selected image. The image pane allows adjustment of display size and orientation; it also provides several methods to manipulate the image with the mouse and keyboard.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Imagedisplay"><title>
- Image display
- </title>
- <para>
- The image is drawn to the screen as it is decoded from disk. The image can be panned and zoomed while it is still loading. Image adjustment operations for rotation, mirror, and flip will delay until the image is completed. The adjustment queue will remember one operation and will retain the most recently requested function, which will be performed once the image has finished loading.
- </para>
- <para>
- The quality of the image, especially when using the zoom feature, is dependent on the settings that are available on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Image tab</link> of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para>
- To increase the speed of loading the next image when navigating the image list in sequence, enable the <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Preload next image</link> option.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Imagepanningandmanipulation"><title>
- Image panning and manipulation
- </title>
- <para>
- When the image size is larger than the image pane, the visible region can be changed with the keyboard or mouse. The keyboard can also be used to adjust the orientation of the image.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Keyboard"><title>
- Keyboard
- </title>
- <para>
- Use the Arrows to pan the image in the desired direction, to increase the panning speed hold down the Shift + Arrows.<?db2html element="br"?>
- Press Ctrl + Arrows to move to the respective edge of the image. The image can only be panned with the keyboard when the image has the focus, indicated by a dotted line surrounding the image pane.
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Shortcut
- </entry><entry>
- Context menu name
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- + =
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom in
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom in.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom out
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom out.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- X [Keypad]*
- </entry><entry>
- Fit image to window
- </entry><entry>
- Scale the image to fit the available display area.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Z [Keypad]/
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom 1:1
- </entry><entry>
- Reset the zoom to original image size.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- ]
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate clockwise
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate the image clockwise 90 degrees.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- [
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate counterclockwise
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate the image counterclockwise 90 degrees.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + R
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate 180
- </entry><entry>
- Rotate the image 180 degrees.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + M
- </entry><entry>
- Mirror
- </entry><entry>
- Flip the image horizontally.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + F
- </entry><entry>
- Flip
- </entry><entry>
- Flip the image vertically.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- Note: The rotation, mirror, and flip functions will not change the image data directly. Depending on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsMetadata">Metadata Options</link>, they just alter the Orientation property in memory, in private metadata file or in the image. The image can be rotated according to the saved metadata with "Apply the orientation to image content" command.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Mouse"><title>
- Mouse
- </title>
- <para>
- Press the primary mouse button on the image and hold it, then move the mouse to pan the image in the desired direction. Releasing the mouse button will stop the panning operation. The mouse wheel can also be used to scroll the image when holding down the Shift key [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>].
- </para>
- <para>
- To scale the image size hold down the Ctrl key and scroll the mouse wheel up to zoom in, or down to zoom out.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="SmoothScroll"><title>
- Smooth Scroll
- </title>
- <para>
- To start the smooth scroll function hold down the Shift key and click the primary mouse button. An icon will appear at the location of the mouse pointer, the mouse can then be positioned to pan the image. The image will pan in the direction of the mouse pointer relative to the icon. The pan speed will increase in proportion to the distance that the pointer is from the center of the icon. To end the smooth scroll function click the primary mouse button within the image pane.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></section><section id="Navigation"><title>
- Navigation
- </title>
- <para>
- The displayed image can be changed to the next or previous image using the keyboard or mouse.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Keyboard1"><title>
- Keyboard
- </title>
- <para>
- The <ulink url="/wiki/PageDown">PageDown?</ulink> and <ulink url="/wiki/PageUp">PageUp?</ulink> keys will change the image to the next or previous image, respectively, in the list. The Home and End keys will jump to the first and last image, respectively. When the image has the focus, the <ulink url="/wiki/SpaceBar">SpaceBar?</ulink> and <ulink url="/wiki/BackSpace">BackSpace?</ulink> keys can also be used to change the image.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Mouse1"><title>
- Mouse
- </title>
- <para>
- To change to the next image in the list click the left mouse button, click the middle mouse button to change to the previous image. The mouse wheel can also be used to change the current image [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>].
- </para>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Contextmenu"><title>
- Context menu
- </title>
- <para>
- Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the image has the focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>, however a few functions are unique to the context menu:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- View in new window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new window containing a second copy of the current image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Pause slide show, Continue slide show
- </term><listitem><para>
- Controls the pause state of an active slide show, the text of the menu will change to reflect the action that will be performed.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="DragandDrop"><title>
- Drag and Drop
- </title>
- <para>
- Files and folders can be dropped onto the image pane, dropping a file will display the file and dropping a folder will change the main window to display the contents of the folder. When dropping multiple items on the image pane, only the first item in the list will be used, all additional items will be ignored.
- </para>
- <para>
- A drag and drop operation can be initiated from the image pane with the middle mouse button, the dragged item will contain the file path of the displayed image.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Displayingimagessidebyside"><title>
- Displaying images side by side
- </title>
- <para>
- Using View > Split item from the main menu, image pane can be splitted in up to four panes, this allows one to display images side by side. You may use drag'n drop to change images in each pane.
- </para>
- <para>
- Connected zoom is possible through the View > Connected zoom menu. Zoom is then applied to all displayed images.
- </para>
- <para>
- Connected scrolling is also possible using Shift and primary mouse button.
- </para>
- <para>
- As a general rule, hotkeys and mouse without shift affects just one image and with shift all images.
- </para>
- <para>
- (*) Note: The mouse wheel behavior for scrolling and image step can be swapped with the Mouse wheel scrolls image option located on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Advanced tab?</link> of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowImagePane">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane">Image Pane</title>\r
+ <para>The image pane is the region of the main window that displays the selected image. The image pane allows adjustment of display size and orientation; it also provides several methods to manipulate the image with the mouse and keyboard.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Imagedisplay">\r
+ <title>Image display</title>\r
+ <para>The image is drawn to the screen as it is decoded from disk. The image can be panned and zoomed while it is still loading. Image adjustment operations for rotation, mirror, and flip will delay until the image is completed. The adjustment queue will remember one operation and will retain the most recently requested function, which will be performed once the image has finished loading.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The quality of the image, especially when using the zoom feature, is dependent on the settings that are available on the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Image tab</link>\r
+ of the preferences dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To increase the speed of loading the next image when navigating the image list in sequence, enable the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Preload next image</link>\r
+ option.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="InformationandhistogramOverlay">\r
+ <title id="titleInformationandhistogramOverlay">Image Overlay</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ An image overlay can be turned on and off by repeatedly pressing\r
+ <keycap>I</keycap>\r
+ . This overlay can either display image data such as f-stop, shutter speed and descriptive text, or a histogram.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Data the overlay will always show is:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageMarks">Marks</link>\r
+ , if they are selected\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If the histogram is being displayed,\r
+ <keycap>K</keycap>\r
+ will switch the histogram between colors, and\r
+ <keycap>J</keycap>\r
+ will toggle between a linear or logarithmic histogram.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Data the overlay displays is customizable through the\r
+ <link linkend="OverlayScreenDisplay">Image Overlay Template</link>\r
+ option in the Windows tab in the Preferences dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+\r
+ <section id="Imagepanningandmanipulation">\r
+ <title>Image panning and manipulation</title>\r
+ <para>When the image size is larger than the image pane, the visible region can be changed with the keyboard or mouse. The keyboard can also be used to adjust the orientation of the image.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Keyboard">\r
+ <title>Keyboard and mouse</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" endterm="titleGuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts" />\r
+ describes how you may manipulate the image displayed.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The rotation, mirror, and flip functions do not change the image data, they merely change the image as you view it. You may store the modified orientation into metadata manually with\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Orientation</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Apply the orientation to image content</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ , or this may happen automatically if\r
+ <emphasis>Write altered image orientation to the metadata</emphasis>\r
+ is set in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsMetadata">Metadata Options</link>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Mouse">\r
+ <title>Mouse</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Press the primary mouse button on the image and hold it, then move the mouse to pan the image in the desired direction. Releasing the mouse button will stop the panning operation. The mouse wheel can also be used to scroll the image when holding down the Shift key\r
+ <footnote id='ref2'>\r
+ The mouse wheel behavior for scrolling and image step can be swapped with the "Mouse wheel scrolls image" option located on the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsBehavior">Behaviour tab</link>\r
+ of the preferences dialog.\r
+ </footnote>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>To scale the image size hold down the Ctrl key and scroll the mouse wheel up to zoom in, or down to zoom out.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="SmoothScroll">\r
+ <title>Smooth Scroll</title>\r
+ <para>To start the smooth scroll function hold down the Shift key and click the primary mouse button. An icon will appear at the location of the mouse pointer, the mouse can then be positioned to pan the image. The image will pan in the direction of the mouse pointer relative to the icon. The pan speed will increase in proportion to the distance that the pointer is from the center of the icon. To end the smooth scroll function click the primary mouse button within the image pane.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Navigation">\r
+ <title>Navigation</title>\r
+ <para>The displayed image can be changed to the next or previous image using the keyboard or mouse.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Keyboard1">\r
+ <title>Keyboard</title>\r
+ <para>The PageDown and PageUp keys will change the image to the next or previous image, respectively, in the list. The Home and End keys will jump to the first and last image, respectively. When the image has the focus, the SpaceBar and BackSpace keys can also be used to change the image.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Mouse1">\r
+ <title>Mouse</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To change to the next image in the list click the left mouse button, click the middle mouse button to change to the previous image. The mouse wheel can also be used to change the current image\r
+ <footnoteref linkend='ref2' />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Contextmenu">\r
+ <title>Context menu</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the image has the focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowMenus">menu bar</link>\r
+ , however a few functions are unique to the context menu:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>View in new window</term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new window containing a second copy of the current image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>Pause slide show, Continue slide show</term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Controls the pause state of an active slide show, the text of the menu will change to reflect the action that will be performed.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="ImagePaneDragandDrop">\r
+ <title id="titleImagePaneDragandDrop">Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>Files and folders can be dropped onto the image pane, dropping a file will display the file and dropping a folder will change the main window to display the contents of the folder. When dropping multiple items on the image pane, only the first item in the list will be used, all additional items will be ignored.</para>\r
+ <para>A drag and drop operation can be initiated from the image pane with the middle mouse button, the dragged item will contain the file path of the displayed image.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Displayingimagessidebyside">\r
+ <title>Displaying images side by side</title>\r
+ <para>Using View > Split item from the main menu, image pane can be split into either two or four panes, allowing one to display images side by side. You may use drag'n drop to change images in each pane.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Connected zoom is possible through the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View▸Zoom▸Connected Zoom</emphasis>\r
+ menu item. Zoom is then applied to all displayed images.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Connected scrolling is also possible using Shift and primary mouse button.</para>\r
+ <para>As a general rule, hotkeys and mouse without shift affects just one image and with shift all images.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowLayout">
- <title>
- Layout
- </title>
- <para>
- The main window consists of four areas, the <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">folder pane</link>, <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link>, <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">image pane</link>, and the <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link>. The status bar is always at the bottom of the window. The three remaining areas, or panes, can be arranged and sized by the user.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Selectingthelocationofeachpane"><title>
- Selecting the location of each pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The arrangement of the folder, file, and image pane is selected on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsWindow">Windows tab</link> of the Options window. There are four choices for the layout, the difference is that each has the larger pane in a different location: right, bottom, left, and top.
- </para>
- <para>
- The order in which the panes are filled is determined by the three row list located below the layout selection. The three numbered rows correspond to the three numbered regions of the selected layout, to change the order of the list drag a row to the desired location within the list. To drag a row move the mouse over the selected row, press and hold the primary mouse button, then drag the row to the desired location and release the button.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: In the options window the file and image panes are labeled similarly, however the folder pane is labeled as tools.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Changingthesizeofapane"><title>
- Changing the size of a pane
- </title>
- <para>
- Between the panes of the main window are two dividers that can be moved with the mouse to adjust the size of each pane. Press and hold the primary button, then move the divider to the desired location and release the button.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Folderpane"><title>
- Folder pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">folder pane</link> contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list. The list can be set to display the sub folders of the active folder or a tree that starts with the root folder and contains all folders in the file system.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Filepane"><title>
- File pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link> lists the images contained in the active folder. The file pane can be set to display as a vertical list or an icon view.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Imagepane"><title>
- Image pane
- </title>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">image pane</link> is where the active image is displayed.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowLayout">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowLayout">Layout</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The main window consists of four areas, the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">folder pane</link>\r
+ ,\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link>\r
+ ,\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">image pane</link>\r
+ , and the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">status bar</link>\r
+ . The status bar is always at the bottom of the window. The three remaining areas, or panes, can be arranged and sized by the user.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Selectingthelocationofeachpane">\r
+ <title>Selecting the location of each pane</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The arrangement of the folder, file, and image pane is selected on the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsLayout" endterm="titleGuideOptionsLayout" />\r
+ dialogue.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Changingthesizeofapane">\r
+ <title>Changing the size of a pane</title>\r
+ <para>Between the panes of the main window are two dividers that can be moved with the mouse to adjust the size of each pane. Press and hold the primary button, then move the divider to the desired location and release the button.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Folderpane">\r
+ <title>Folder pane</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">folder pane</link>\r
+ contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list. The list can be set to display the sub folders of the active folder or a tree that starts with the root folder and contains all folders in the file system.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Filepane">\r
+ <title>File pane</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link>\r
+ lists the images contained in the active folder. The file pane can be set to display as a vertical list or an icon view.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Imagepane">\r
+ <title>Image pane</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">image pane</link>\r
+ is where the active image is displayed.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowMenus">
- <title>
- Menus
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the functions of each item on the menu bar in the Geeqie main window.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="FileMenu"><title>
- File Menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- New window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new main window, with the initial path set to the current folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- New collection
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new collection window, the new collection will be empty.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Open collection
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays a dialog to open a collection stored on disk, the selected collection will then appear in a new window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Open recent
- </term><listitem><para>
- This menu item lists the recently active collections, selecting an item from the list will open that collection in a new window. The most recent item will appear at the top of the list. Maximum number of entries can be modified through <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Open recent list maximum size?</link> option.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Search…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new Search window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Find duplicates…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a new Find Duplicates window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Print..
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a print dialog.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- New folder…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Creates a new folder in the current path.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Copy…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a dialog to select a destination to copy the currently selected files.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Move…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a dialog to select a destination to move currently selected files.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Rename…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Renames the current file selection.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Delete…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Deletes the current file selection.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Symlink
- </term><listitem><para>
- Creates a symbolic link. This is implemented via <link linkend="GuideEditors">external editor?</link>.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Close window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Closes the window containing the menu, if the window is the last main window Geeqie will quit.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Quit
- </term><listitem><para>
- Quits the Geeqie application, if collections or image metadata have been changed but not saved, the user will be prompted for confirmation.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Gomenu"><title>
- Go menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- First Image
- </term><listitem><para>
- Goes tothe first image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Previous Image
- </term><listitem><para>
- Goes to the previous image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Next Image
- </term><listitem><para>
- Goes to the next image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Last Image
- </term><listitem><para>
- Goes to the last image. Back Goes to the previous folder. Home Goes to home folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Selectmenu"><title>
- Select menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Select all
- </term><listitem><para>
- Selects all files in the current list
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Select none
- </term><listitem><para>
- Deselects all files
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Invert Selection
- </term><listitem><para>
- Inverts current selection
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Copy path
- </term><listitem><para>
- Copy selected item path to clipboard.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Show marks
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays marks in the file list
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens submenu for manipulating mark n
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Toggle mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set or unset mark n on selected files
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Set mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set mark n on selected files
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Reset mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Unset mark n on selected files
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Select mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Selects all files having mark n set
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Add mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Adds files having mark n set to selection
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Intersection with mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Intersects current selection and mark n
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Unselect mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Removes files having mark n set from current selection
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Mark n / Filter mark n
- </term><listitem><para>
- Shows only the images that have mark n set.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Editmenu"><title>
- Edit menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- External Editors
- </term><listitem><para>
- This submenu contains external editors that were found on the system. See <link linkend="GuideEditors">Editors section?</link> for details.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation
- </term><listitem><para>
- Adjust image orientation
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Rotate clockwise
- </term><listitem><para>
- Rotates the current image clockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Rotate counterclockwise
- </term><listitem><para>
- Rotates the current image counterclockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Rotate 180
- </term><listitem><para>
- Rotates the current image 180 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Mirror
- </term><listitem><para>
- Swaps the left and right sides of the image so that the result is similar to that of looking at the image in a mirror, does not modify the file on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Flip
- </term><listitem><para>
- Swaps the top and bottom sides of the image, does not modify the file on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation / Original state
- </term><listitem><para>
- Removes all effects applied through the Adjust menu, reverting image to its original state. Orientation / Apply the orientation to image content The commands above modifies image metadata only. This commands actually transforms image pixels. See <link linkend="GuideEditors">Editors section?</link> for details.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Save metadata
- </term><listitem><para>
- Saves queued metadata changes. Autosave can be configured too.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Preferences
- </term><listitem><para>
- This submenu contains configuration and maintenance commands
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Preferences / Preferences…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens the <link linkend="GuideOptions">Preferences Dialog</link> for changing of global preferences.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Preferences / Configure Editors…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens the <link linkend="GuideEditors">Editors Dialog?</link> for changing of global preferences.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Preferences / Configure This window…
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens the <link linkend="GuideWindowOptions">Window Preferences Dialog?</link> for changing of options that can differ for each window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Preferences / Thumbnail maintenance
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a dialog with utilities to manage cached thumbnails and keywords data.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Set as wallpaper
- </term><listitem><para>
- Renders the current image to the root window (desktop). The resulting image will be tiled to fit the root window if zoom is not set to <emphasis role="i">fit to window</emphasis>; when zoom is set to <emphasis role="i">fit to window</emphasis>, the image will be scaled to fill the root window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Viewmenu"><title>
- View menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- View in new window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens selected image in its own window
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Pan view
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens current folder in Pan view window
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Files and Folders
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom in
- </term><listitem><para>
- Increases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a larger image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom out
- </term><listitem><para>
- Decreases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a smaller image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom to fit
- </term><listitem><para>
- Automatically adjusts the zoom so that the image will fit within the display pane. The effect on images with an original size smaller than the display pane can be changed with the Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit option located on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Image tab</link> of the preferences dialog.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Fit Horizontally
- </term><listitem><para>
- Adjusts the zoom so image height fit within the display pane.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Fit Vertically
- </term><listitem><para>
- Adjusts the zoom so image width fit within the display pane.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom n:m
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set zoom to the n:m value. 1:1 is the original size of the image. When n is greater than m, zoom in occurs else zoom out occurs.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Connected zoom
- </term><listitem><para>
- Actions in this menu are identical to those in Zoom menu, but apply to all images displayed in splitted view.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Split
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Horizontal
- </term><listitem><para>
- Splits main image view in two horizontal panes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Vertical
- </term><listitem><para>
- Splits main image view in two vertical panes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Quad
- </term><listitem><para>
- Splits main image view in four panes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Single
- </term><listitem><para>
- Reverts to normal view mode (one image).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles the display of image thumbnails in the file list, this item is not available when the file list is in icon view mode. A check appears next to this item when thumbnails are enabled.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- List
- </term><listitem><para>
- Changes the file list to display files in list format.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Icons
- </term><listitem><para>
- Changes the file list to display files as icons.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- View Directory as
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- List
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set the folder view mode to list.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Tree
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set the folder view mode to tree.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image Overlay
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays Image Overlay information box (OSD), use twice to add histogram to it.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Histogram channels
- </term><listitem><para>
- Switches channels displayed in the histogram (red, green, blue, RGB, value, maximum value).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Histogram log mode
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles between linear and logarithmical histogram.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Full screen
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles the full screen window display.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Float file list
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles the location of the menu bar, tool bar, status bar, and file lists between the main window and a second window. A check appears next to this item when the location is the second window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Hide file list
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles visibility of the menu bar, tool bar, status bar, and file lists.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Hide toolbar
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles visibility of the tool bar. A check appears next to this item when the tool bar is not visible.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Keywords
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles display of the Keywords sidebar.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Exif data
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles display of the EXIF sidebar.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Sort manager
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles display of the Sort Manager sidebar.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Toggle slideshow
- </term><listitem><para>
- Begins or ends a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Pause slideshow
- </term><listitem><para>
- Pauses a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Refresh
- </term><listitem><para>
- Updates the contents of the folder and file lists to match what is currently on disk, the current image will also be reread from disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Helpmenu"><title>
- Help menu
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Contents
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens the Geeqie user manual in a new browser window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Keyboard shortcuts
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays a window listing the default keyboard shortcuts.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Release notes
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays a window containing the release notes for the version of Geeqie in use.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- About
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens a window containing the Geeqie version, credits, website, and email contact information.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Log window
- </term><listitem><para>
- Opens the log window, mostly used for debugging purposes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Tearoffmenus"><title>
- Tear off menus
- </title>
- <para>
- Menus can be permanently displayed by selecting the dotted line item at the top of each menu category. A tear off menu will behave the same as an ordinary window. To close a tear off menu, select the dotted line item at the top of the menu.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Keyboardshortcuts"><title>
- Keyboard shortcuts
- </title>
- <para>
- The keyboard sequence associated to each menu entry is listed within the main window menu bar. For reference, the complete list of default keyboard shortcuts can be found in section <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</link>.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Changingthemainwindowmenubarkeyboardshortcuts"><title>
- Changing the main window menu bar keyboard shortcuts
- </title>
- <para>
- The keyboard shortcuts associated with the menu bar items can be changed by editing the accels file located in the Geeqie configuration folder <emphasis role="strong">while the Geeqie application is not running</emphasis>:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>($HOME)/.geeqie/accels</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- To change a menu item, first find the line corresponding to the menu item to change. For example the File menu Quit line originally looks like this:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>; (gtk_accel_path "&lt;main&gt;/File/Quit" "&lt;Control&gt;q")</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- To change this menu's keyboard shortcut, first remove the leading semicolon (;), removing the semicolon will tell Geeqie that this menu item has been customized. Then change the keyboard shortcut defined by the text in quotes at the end of the line, be sure to only change the text within the quotes; in this case the text “&lt;control&gt;q”. For example changing the shortcut associated with Quit to the Q key will result in this line:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>(gtk_accel_path "&lt;main&gt;/File/Quit" "q")</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- Please note the removed semicolon and the change of “&lt;control&gt;q” to “q”, be careful not to change any of the other text on the line or Geeqie may ignore the customization. The keyboard modifiers and their respective text are listed below:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- <tablestyle="width:60%"> Key
- </entry><entry>
- Text to use in accels file
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <tablestyle="width:60%"> Shift
- </entry><entry>
- &lt;shift&gt;
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl
- </entry><entry>
- &lt;control&gt;
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Alt
- </entry><entry>
- &lt;alt&gt;
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- Modifiers can be combined, for example in the exit line above, the text would be “&lt;control&gt;&lt;shift&gt;q” to set the exit shortcut to Ctrl + Shift + Q.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowMenus">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowMenus">Menus</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the functions of each item on the menu bar in the Geeqie main window.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="FileMenu">\r
+ <title>File Menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>N</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>New window</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new main window, with the initial path set to the current folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>New collection</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new collection window, the new collection will be empty.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Open collection</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays a dialog to open a collection stored on disk, the selected collection will then appear in a new window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Open recent</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This menu item lists the recently active collections, selecting an item from the list will open that collection in a new window. The most recent item will appear at the top of the list. Maximum number of entries can be modified through\r
+ <link linkend="Behaviour">Open recent list maximum size</link>\r
+ option.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>F3</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Search…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new Search window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Find duplicates…</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a new Find Duplicates window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Print..</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a print dialog.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>New folder…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Creates a new folder in the current path.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Copy…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a dialog to select a destination to copy the currently selected files.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>M</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Move…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a dialog to select a destination to move currently selected files.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Rename…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Renames the current file selection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Delete…</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Deletes the current file selection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Symlink</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Creates a symbolic link. This is implemented via an\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">external editor</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>W</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Close window</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Closes the window containing the menu, if the window is the last main window Geeqie will quit.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>Q</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Quit</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Quits the Geeqie application, if collections or image metadata have been changed but not saved, the user will be prompted for confirmation.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Gomenu">\r
+ <title>Go menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Home</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>First Image</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Goes tothe first image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>4</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Previous Image</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Goes to the previous image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Space</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Next Image</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Goes to the next image</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>End</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Last Image</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Goes to the last image</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Back</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Back Goes to the previous folder</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Home</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Home</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Goes to the the Home folder as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsLayout" endterm="titleGuideOptionsLayout" />\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Selectmenu">\r
+ <title>Select menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Select all</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Selects all files in the current list</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Select none</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Deselects all files</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Invert Selection</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Inverts current selection</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Copy path</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Copy selected item path to clipboard.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Show marks</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays marks in the file list</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens submenu for manipulating mark n</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>n</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Toggle Mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Set or unset mark n on selected files</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Set mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Set mark n on selected files</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Reset mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Unset mark n on selected files</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>n</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Select mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Selects all files having mark n set</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Add mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Adds files having mark n set to selection</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Intersection with mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Intersects current selection and mark n</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Unselect mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes files having mark n set from current selection</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Mark n</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Filter mark n</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Shows only the images that have mark n set.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Editmenu">\r
+ <title>Edit menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>External Editors</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This submenu contains external editors that were found on the system. See\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">Editors section</link>\r
+ for details.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Adjust image orientation</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>]</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Rotate clockwise</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Rotates the current image clockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>[</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Rotate counterclockwise</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Rotates the current image counterclockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Rotate 180</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Rotates the current image 180 degrees, does not modify the file on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>M</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Mirror</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Swaps the left and right sides of the image so that the result is similar to that of looking at the image in a mirror, does not modify the file on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Flip</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Swaps the top and bottom sides of the image, does not modify the file on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Original state</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes all effects applied through the Adjust menu, reverting image to its original state.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Orientation</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Apply the orientation to image content</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ The commands above modifies image metadata only. This commands actually transforms image pixels. See\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">Editors section</link>\r
+ for details\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Save metadata</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Saves queued metadata changes. Autosave can be configured too.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This submenu contains configuration and maintenance commands</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences…</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Opens the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptions">Preferences Dialog</link>\r
+ for changing of global preferences.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Configure Editors…</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Opens the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">Editors Dialog</link>\r
+ for changing of global preferences.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Configure This window…</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Opens the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsWindow">Window Preferences Dialog</link>\r
+ for changing of options that can differ for each window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Thumbnail maintenance</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Opens a dialog with utilities for thumbnail and keyword\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceManagement" endterm="titleGuideReferenceManagement" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Set as wallpaper</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Renders the current image to the root window (desktop). The resulting image will be tiled to fit the root window if zoom is not set to\r
+ <emphasis role="i">Fit to window</emphasis>\r
+ ; when zoom is set to\r
+ <emphasis role="i">Fit to window</emphasis>\r
+ , the image will be scaled to fill the root window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Viewmenu">\r
+ <title>View menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>V</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View in new window</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens selected image in its own window</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>J</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Pan view</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens current folder in Pan view window</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>E</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Exif data</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles display of the Exif sidebar.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Meta</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenu>Folder List</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Set the folder view mode to list.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>T</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Folder Tree</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Set the folder view mode to tree.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Image List</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Changes the file list to display files in list format.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>I</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Icons</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Changes the file list to display files as icons.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Show Thumbnails</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles the display of image thumbnails in the file list, this item is not available when the file list is in icon view mode. A check appears next to this item when thumbnails are enabled.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Float file list</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Splits the 3-pane main window into two parts:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>File pane and Folder pane, along with menu and status bar</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Image pane and its associated sidebar and sort manager (if displayed)</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>H</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Hide file list</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Hides the File and Folder panes, along with menu and status bar.\r
+ <code>Right-click</code>\r
+ on the Image pane provides a menu item to redisplay these items.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Files and Folders</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Hide toolbar</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles visibility of the tool bar. A check appears next to this item when the tool bar is not visible.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Connected zoom</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Actions in this menu are identical to those in\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Zoom</emphasis>\r
+ menu, but apply to all images displayed in split view.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Zoom in</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Increases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a larger image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Zoom out</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Decreases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a smaller image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Zoom to fit</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Automatically adjusts the zoom so that the image will fit within the display pane. The effect on images with an original size smaller than the display pane can be changed with the\r
+ <emphasis>Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit</emphasis>\r
+ option located on the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsImage">Image tab</link>\r
+ of the preferences dialog.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Fit Horizontally</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Adjusts the zoom so image height fit within the display pane.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Fit Vertically</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Adjusts the zoom so image width fit within the display pane.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="document-new.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ New\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Z</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Zoom n:m</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Set zoom to the n:m value. 1:1 is the original size of the image. When n is greater than m, zoom in occurs else zoom out occurs.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Z</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Zoom n:m</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Split</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Split</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Horizontal</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Splits main image view in two horizontal panes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>U</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Split</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Vertical</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Splits main image view in two vertical panes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Split</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Quad</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Splits main image view in four panes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Y</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Split</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Single</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Reverts to normal view mode (one image).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist />\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Image Overlay</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenu>Image Overlay</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays Image Overlay information box (OSD), use twice to add histogram to it.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Image Overlay</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenu>Histogram channels</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Switches channels displayed in the histogram (red, green, blue, RGB, value, maximum value).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Image Overlay</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenu>Histogram log mode</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles between linear and logarithmical histogram.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Full screen</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles the full screen window display.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Keywords</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles display of the Keywords sidebar.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Sort manager</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles display of the Sort Manager sidebar.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Toggle slideshow</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Begins or ends a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Pause slideshow</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Pauses a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guimenu>Refresh</guimenu>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Updates the contents of the folder and file lists to match what is currently on disk, the current image will also be reread from disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Helpmenu">\r
+ <title>Help menu</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>F1</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Contents</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens the Geeqie user manual in a new browser window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Keyboard shortcuts</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays a window listing the default keyboard shortcuts.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Keyboard Map</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays an image showing the currently allocated keyboard shortcuts.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Release notes</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays a window containing the release notes for the version of Geeqie in use.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>About</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens a window containing the Geeqie version, credits, website, and email contact information.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Log window</guimenu>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Opens the log window, mostly used for debugging purposes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Tearoffmenus">\r
+ <title>Tear off menus</title>\r
+ <para>Menus can be permanently displayed by selecting the dotted line item at the top of each menu category. A tear off menu will behave the same as an ordinary window. To close a tear off menu, select the dotted line item at the top of the menu.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Keyboardshortcuts">\r
+ <title>Keyboard shortcuts</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The keyboard sequence associated to each menu entry is listed within the main window menu bar. For reference, the complete list of default keyboard shortcuts can be found in section\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Changingthemainwindowmenubarkeyboardshortcuts">\r
+ <title>Changing the main window menu bar keyboard shortcuts</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The section\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsKeyboard" endterm="titleGuideOptionsKeyboard" />\r
+ descibes how to modify the keyboard shortcuts used in the main menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<section id="GuideMainWindowNavigation">
- <title>
- Navigation
- </title>
- <para/><section id="Movingaroundinthefilesystem"><title>
- Moving around in the file system
- </title>
- <para>
- To select the folder containing the desired images for display, change to the image's folder using the folder view. Single clicking a folder with the primary mouse button will change the main window to display that folder's contents. When the folder view is displayed as a list, use the folder named “..” to change to the parent folder (the parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder).
- </para>
- <para>
- To select a folder with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired folder and press the <ulink url="/wiki/SpaceBar">SpaceBar?</ulink> or Enter key.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Movingaroundwithinafolder"><title>
- Moving around within a folder
- </title>
- <para>
- After selecting the desired folder as above, the desired image can be viewed by selecting it from the file list. To select a file for display single click it with the primary mouse button.
- </para>
- <para>
- To select a file with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired file. As you move the focus within the file list the image display will update to match the highlighted file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Goinghome"><title>
- Going home
- </title>
- <para>
- To change to your home folder, click the Home button in the tool bar. Home folder can be set in window preferences.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Directpathentry"><title>
- Direct path entry
- </title>
- <para>
- The current path is displayed in an entry field above the folder list. A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the Enter key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry.
- </para>
- <para>
- Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Steppingthroughimagessequentially"><title>
- Stepping through images sequentially
- </title>
- <para>
- To change the displayed image to next or previous one within the same folder, use the respective <ulink url="/wiki/PageDown">PageDown?</ulink> and <ulink url="/wiki/PageUp">PageUp?</ulink> keys. The mouse can also be used to change the image by clicking the image display with the respective primary and middle buttons.
- </para>
- <para>
- To change to beginning or end of the image list, use the respective Home or End keys.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+ <title>Navigation</title>
+ <para />
+ <section id="Movingaroundinthefilesystem">
+ <title>Moving around in the file system</title>
+ <para>To select the folder containing the desired images for display, change to the image's folder using the folder view. Single clicking a folder with the primary mouse button will change the main window to display that folder's contents. When the folder view is displayed as a list, use the folder named “..” to change to the parent folder (the parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder).</para>
+ <para>To select a folder with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired folder and press the
+ Space or Enter key.</para>
+ <para />
+ </section>
+ <section id="Movingaroundwithinafolder">
+ <title>Moving around within a folder</title>
+ <para>After selecting the desired folder as above, the desired image can be viewed by selecting it from the file list. To select a file for display single click it with the primary mouse button.</para>
+ <para>To select a file with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired file. As you move the focus within the file list the image display will update to match the highlighted file.</para>
+ <para />
+ </section>
+ <section id="Goinghome">
+ <title>Going home</title>
+ <para>To change to your home folder, click the Home button in the tool bar. Home folder can be set in window preferences.</para>
+ <para />
+ </section>
+ <section id="Directpathentry">
+ <title>Direct path entry</title>
+ <para>The current path is displayed in an entry field above the folder list. A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the Enter key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry.</para>
+ <para>Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.</para>
+ <para />
+ </section>
+ <section id="Steppingthroughimagessequentially">
+ <title>Stepping through images sequentially</title>
+ <para>To change the displayed image to next or previous one within the same folder, use the respective PageDown and PageUp keys. The mouse can also be used to change the image by clicking the image display with the respective primary and middle buttons.</para>
+ <para>To change to beginning or end of the image list, use the respective Home or End keys.</para>
+ <para />
+ </section>
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">
- <title>
- Status Bar
- </title>
- <para>
- The status bar contains information and details about the contents of the main window. Information displayed includes the progress of generating thumbnails, the number of files in the file list with byte size, the current file selection count including byte size, details about the currently displayed image, and the zoom setting. The current sort preference is also displayed, and can be adjusted from the status bar.
- </para>
- <para>
- The status bar is comprised of five sections, from left to right these are a progress bar, sort method, file list counts, image details, and zoom setting. Each section is described below.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="ProgressBar"><title>
- Progress Bar
- </title>
- <para>
- The Progress bar updates to display the current state of thumbnail generation. When this section contains no text, thumbnail generation is idle. When “Loading thumbs...” is displayed, thumbnails are currently being generated when Geeqie is idle; the progress bar will update to display the percentage of thumbnails that are completed.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Sortmethod"><title>
- Sort method
- </title>
- <para>
- This is the method used to sort image names in the file list. Clicking or activating this field will display a menu to allow selection of the sort method.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Name
- </term><listitem><para>
- Images are sorted by file name.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Number
- </term><listitem><para>
- Images are sorted by natural numerical order, such that, for example, 9_name.jpg will be listed before 10_name.jpg.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Date
- </term><listitem><para>
- Images are sorted by file date on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Size
- </term><listitem><para>
- Image are sorted by file size on disk.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Ascending
- </term><listitem><para>
- Toggles between increasing and decreasing sort order. A check will appear next to this entry to indicate ascending sort order.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Filelist"><title>
- File list
- </title>
- <para>
- This section displays the count of files that appear in the file list, including the total byte size. The number of files selected is displayed in parenthesis, including the total byte size of the selected files. The slide show status is also displayed here; when a slide show is running, “Slideshow” will appear, the text will change to “Paused” when a slide show is in the paused state.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="ImageDetails"><title>
- Image Details
- </title>
- <para>
- This section displays the dimensions (width x height) and file byte size of the image that is active in the image pane. When the format of the file in the image pane can not be determined the dimensions will show as “(0 x 0)”, in addition “(no read permision)” may appear if the file permissions do not allow reading the contents of the file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Zoom"><title>
- Zoom
- </title>
- <para>
- This section displays the current zoom ratio. A ratio of 1:1 is the image's original size. When the left number is larger the image is displayed larger than original size, when the right number is larger the image is displayed smaller.
- </para>
- <para>
- A tilde (~) appears within the ratio display when the zoom is set to fit the image within the display area. In this zoom mode the ratio is automatically adjusted, and the displayed ratio may not be the actual ratio because the status bar display rounds the actual value to the nearest tenth (0.1).
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Buttons"><title>
- Buttons
- </title>
- <para>
- Statusbar buttons corresponds to selected menu action. It is possible to add other actions by editing the <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig">Configuration file</link>
- </para>
- <para/><section id="ShowPixelInfo"><title>
- Show Pixel Info
- </title>
- <para>
- Shows coordinates and RGB value under cursor.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="EnableColorManagement"><title>
- Enable Color Management
- </title>
- <para>
- Enables color profiles.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="SaveMetadata"><title>
- Save Metadata
- </title>
- <para>
- Opens dialog for review of metadata changes.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideMainWindowStatusBar">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideMainWindowStatusBar">Status Bar</title>\r
+ <para>The status bar contains information and details about the contents of the main window. Information displayed includes the progress of generating thumbnails, the number of files in the file list with byte size, the current file selection count including byte size, details about the currently displayed image, and the zoom setting. The current sort preference is also displayed, and can be adjusted from the status bar.</para>\r
+ <para>The status bar is comprised of five sections, from left to right these are a progress bar, sort method, file list counts, image details, and zoom setting. Each section is described below.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="ProgressBar">\r
+ <title>Progress Bar</title>\r
+ <para>The Progress bar updates to display the current state of thumbnail generation. When this section contains no text, thumbnail generation is idle. When “Loading thumbs...” is displayed, thumbnails are currently being generated when Geeqie is idle; the progress bar will update to display the percentage of thumbnails that are completed.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Sortmethod">\r
+ <title>Sort method</title>\r
+ <para>This is the method used to sort image names in the file list. Clicking or activating this field will display a menu to allow selection of the sort method.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Images are sorted by file name.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Number</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Images are sorted by natural numerical order, such that, for example, 9_name.jpg will be listed before 10_name.jpg.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Images are sorted by file modification date.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File Creation Date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Images are sorted by file creation date.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Exif Date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Images are sorted by file Exif date.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Image are sorted by file size on disk.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Ascending</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Toggles between increasing and decreasing sort order. A check will appear next to this entry to indicate ascending sort order.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Filelist">\r
+ <title>File list</title>\r
+ <para>This section displays the count of files that appear in the file list, including the total byte size. The number of files selected is displayed in parenthesis, including the total byte size of the selected files. The slide show status is also displayed here; when a slide show is running, “Slideshow” will appear, the text will change to “Paused” when a slide show is in the paused state.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="ImageDetails">\r
+ <title>Image Details</title>\r
+ <para>This section displays the dimensions (width x height) and file byte size of the image that is active in the image pane. When the format of the file in the image pane can not be determined the dimensions will show as “(0 x 0)”, in addition “(no read permision)” may appear if the file permissions do not allow reading the contents of the file.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Zoom">\r
+ <title>Zoom</title>\r
+ <para>This section displays the current zoom ratio. A ratio of 1:1 is the image's original size. When the left number is larger the image is displayed larger than original size, when the right number is larger the image is displayed smaller.</para>\r
+ <para>A tilde (~) appears within the ratio display when the zoom is set to fit the image within the display area. In this zoom mode the ratio is automatically adjusted, and the displayed ratio may not be the actual ratio because the status bar display rounds the actual value to the nearest tenth (0.1).</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Buttons">\r
+ <title>Buttons</title>\r
+ <para>Statusbar buttons corresponds to selected menu action.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="ShowPixelInfo">\r
+ <title>Show Pixel Info</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-color-picker.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Shows coordinates and RGB value under cursor.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="EnableColorManagement">\r
+ <title>Enable Color Management</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-select-color.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Enables color profiles.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="SaveMetadata">\r
+ <title>Save Metadata</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="document-save.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Opens dialog for review and saving of metadata changes.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideOptions">
- <title>
- Options Explained
- </title>
- <para>
- This chapter attempts to explain in detail the Geeqie preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsGeneral.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsImage.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsWindow.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsKeyboard.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsFiltering.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsMetadata.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsColor.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsBehavior.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsHidden.xml"/>
-
- <para>
- There is another set of options, that can be set independently for each window:
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsLayout.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideOptions">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptions">Preferences</title>\r
+ <para>There are two sets of preferences in Geeqie: those set via the main Preferences tabbed dialogue, and those set either via a menu entry or by editing a configuration file.</para>\r
+ <section>\r
+ <title>Main Preferences</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This chapter explains in detail the main Geeqie preferences dialog, which is accessed via\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ or\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="preferences-desktop.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ on the Toolbar.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsGeneral.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsImage.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsWindow.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsKeyboard.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsFiltering.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsMetadata.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsColor.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsStereo.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsBehavior.xml" />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section>\r
+ <title>Additional Preferences</title>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsLayout.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideEditorsConfig.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOptionsHidden.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</chapter>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsBehavior">
- <title>
- Advanced Behavior Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options presented under the Behavior Tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Delete"><title>
- Delete
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Confirm file delete
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Prompts for confirmation before deleting files.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Enable Delete key
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Disable this to disassociate the delete file function from the Delete key. This option does not effect the Ctrl + D key sequence. May be useful in combination with “confirm file delete”, above, disabled so that accidentally hitting a single key will not result in deleted files.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Safe Delete
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Moves deleted files to a temporary folder, for easy retrieval of deleted files. Files in the temporary folder are retained until the maximum size is reached, at which point deleting additional files will result in the removal of the oldest files to reclaim the space needed for the new files.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Files moved to the Safe Delete folder are prefixed with a six digit number in the format: <literal>nnnnnn_FILENAME</literal><?db2html element="br"?>
- This is used by the delete feature to distinguish which files to remove first when clearing space for new files.<?db2html element="br"?>
- The digit counter increments with each deleted file.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Folder
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The location of the folder used by the Safe Delete feature.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Maximum size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The size to use for the Safe Delete folder, in megabytes. Note that setting this value to 0 (zero) will disable any limit.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clear button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes all files contained in the Safe Delete folder.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- View button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Changes the Geeqie main window to display the contents of the Safe Delete folder.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Behavior"><title>
- Behavior
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Rectangular selection in icon view
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to change the selection method used when selecting multiple items in an icon view.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Descend folders in tree view
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will allow Geeqie to read sub folder content to determine if it should display expander indicators in the folder tree view.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Disable this if Geeqie wakes up auto mounted network shares, or takes too long to initially display the folder view.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show date in directories list view
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to display directory modification date along its name in the list view
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- In place renaming
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When renaming a single file, this will allow the rename entry to appear directly over the original filename.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show "Copy path" menu item
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this option to show a "Copy path" menu item in applicable menus.
- </para>
- <para>
- This allows one to copy path to files or directories to the clipboard, names are enclosed with double quotes and separated by space.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Open recent list maximum size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This is the number of entries saved in the recent open file list.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Drag'n drop icon size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This is the width and height of the icon generated from image and displayed when doing drap'n drop actions. High resolution screens may require to increase this number.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Navigation"><title>
- Navigation
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Progressive keyboard scrolling
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will cause image panning speed to gradually accelerate when holding down the keyboard arrows.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Mouse wheel scrolls image
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The default is for the mouse wheel to change the image, and to scroll the image when Shift is used in combination with the wheel. Enabling this swaps the behavior so that operating the wheel will scroll the image, and holding down Shift will change the image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Home button path
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This defines the path to use for the "Home" button in the main window. By default or when this field is empty, this is the user's directory.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use current
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Pressing this button will set the Home button path to the current open directory.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Miscellaneous"><title>
- Miscellaneous
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Custom similarity threshold
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This setting is used by the compare method “similarity (custom)”, located in the Find Duplicates window.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Debugging"><title>
- Debugging
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Debug level
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This defines the verbosity of debug info sent to console and log window (0 disables the debug output).
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsBehavior">\r
+ <title>Behavior Options</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options presented under the Behavior Tab of the preferences dialog.</para>\r
+ <section id="Delete">\r
+ <title>Delete</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Confirm file delete</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Prompts for confirmation before deleting files.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>\r
+ Enable\r
+ <keycap>Delete key</keycap>\r
+ </guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Disable this to disassociate the delete file function from the\r
+ <keycap>Delete</keycap>\r
+ key.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If\r
+ <emphasis>Confirm file delete</emphasis>\r
+ , above, is disabled, accidentally hitting the\r
+ <keycap>Delete</keycap>\r
+ can result in files being erroneously deleted without warning. Disabling the\r
+ <keycap>Delete</keycap>\r
+ key will prevent this. The\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ key sequence is not affected.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Safe Delete</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Moves deleted files to a temporary folder, for easy retrieval of deleted files. Files in the temporary folder are retained until the maximum size is reached, at which point deleting additional files will result in the removal of the oldest files to reclaim the space needed for the new files.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Files moved to the Safe Delete folder are prefixed with a six digit number in the format:\r
+ <literal>nnnnnn_FILENAME</literal>\r
+ <para />\r
+ This is used by the delete feature to distinguish which files to remove first when clearing space for new files.\r
+ <para />\r
+ The digit counter increments with each deleted file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The location of the folder used by the Safe Delete feature.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Maximum size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The size to use for the Safe Delete folder, in megabytes. Note that setting this value to 0 (zero) will disable any limit.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clear button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes all files contained in the Safe Delete folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>View button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Changes the Geeqie main window to display the contents of the Safe Delete folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Behaviour">\r
+ <title>Behavior</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Rectangular selection in icon view</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enable this to change the selection method used when selecting multiple items in an icon view.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Descend folders in tree view</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will allow Geeqie to read sub folder content to determine if it should display expander indicators in the folder tree view.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Disable this if Geeqie wakes up auto mounted network shares, or takes too long to initially display the folder view.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>In place renaming</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>When renaming a single file, this will allow the rename entry to appear directly over the original filename.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Open recent list maximum size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This is the number of entries saved in the recent open file list.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Drag'n drop icon size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This is the width and height of the icon generated from image and displayed when doing drag and drop actions. High resolution screens may require to increase this number.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Navigation">\r
+ <title>Navigation</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Progressive keyboard scrolling</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will cause image panning speed to gradually accelerate when holding down the keyboard arrows.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Mouse wheel scrolls image</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The default is for the mouse wheel to change the image, and to scroll the image when\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ is used in combination with the wheel. Enabling this swaps the behavior so that operating the wheel will scroll the image, and holding down\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ will change the image.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Miscellaneous">\r
+ <title>Miscellaneous</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Custom similarity threshold</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This setting is used by the compare method\r
+ <emphasis>Similarity (custom)</emphasis>\r
+ , located in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates" endterm="titleGuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates" />\r
+ section.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Debugging">\r
+ <title>Debugging</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Debug level</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displayed when compiled with the option --enable-debug-log. This defines the verbosity of debug info sent to console and log window (0 disables the debug output).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsColor">
- <title>
- Color management
- </title>
- <para>
- Here one can defined color profiles to use. Color management can be enabled or disabled from menu: View / Color Management.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Type
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Either input color profile or screen color profile.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Menu name
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Name of the menu entry corresponding to the color profile.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Path to the color profile file.
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsColor">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsColor">Color management options</title>\r
+ <para>Use of this function requires LCMS to be installed. If you are compiling from sources, LCMS functionality will be available if the development files dependencies are met.</para>\r
+ <para>If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Here one can defined color profiles to use. Color management can be enabled or disabled from\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Color Management</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ or\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-select-color.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ on the status bar.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Type</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Either input color profile or screen color profile.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Menu name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Name of the menu entry corresponding to the color profile.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Path to the color profile file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsFiltering">
- <title>
- Filtering Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options presented under the Filtering Tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Filters"><title>
- Filters
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show hidden files or folders
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enables the display of hidden files and folders, also known as dot files.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show parent folder
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enables the display of the parent folder as a double dot in the directories views.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Case sensitive sort
- </term><listitem><para>
- Files and folders are sorted such that upper case letters occur before lower case letters.
- </para><para>
- Enabled result: A, B, C, a, b, c<?db2html element="br"?>
- Disabled result: A, a, B, b, C, c
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Disable file extension checks
- </term><listitem><para>
- During rename operations, allows files to be renamed to a different extension with no warning issued.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Disable file filtering
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enable this to allow Geeqie to list all files, even those that do not contain images.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
- <para/></section><section id="Groupingsidecarextensions"><title>
- Grouping sidecar extensions
- </title>
- <para>
- This field defines which extensions will lead to file grouping. Each extension should be separated by a semi-colon and should include the starting dot. It is possible to use wildcards: <literal>%image</literal> expands to list of all files in class image, <literal>%raw</literal> expands to raw files and <literal>%meta</literal> expands to metadata files (see the file class below).
- </para>
- <para>
- Grouped files will appear as one in file views. The group is represented by the first existing extension from the list. For example, it is useful when browsing directories containing two files for the same image (as raw+jpeg files generated by some cameras).
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Filetypes"><title>
- File types
- </title>
- <para>
- This list contains the image formats that are understood by Geeqie. To disable a specific file type from being displayed, uncheck it's corresponding checkbox. Filters can be edited by first selecting the line containing the item to be changed, then clicking the filter or description field, making any changes, then pressing Enter; press Escape to cancel an active edit. The format for the filter field is a semicolon (;) seperated list of extensions, extensions must include the period (.).
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Unlike all other options in the dialog, filter list changes are applied immediately.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Add button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Adds a new blank line to the filter list, change the parameters to match the desired file type.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Remove button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes the selected line from the filter list.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Defaults button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Resets the filter list to the default values, discarding any customizations made by the user.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsFiltering">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsFiltering">Files Options</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options presented under the Files Tab of the preferences dialogue.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Filters">\r
+ <title>Filters</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show hidden files or folders</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enables the display of hidden files and folders, also known as dot files.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show parent folder</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enables the display of the parent folder as a double dot in the directories views.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Case sensitive sort</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Files and folders are sorted such that upper case letters occur before lower case letters.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Enabled result: A, B, C, a, b, c\r
+ <para />\r
+ Disabled result: A, a, B, b, C, c\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Disable file extension checks</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>During rename operations, allows files to be renamed to a different extension with no warning issued.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Disable file filtering</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enable this to allow Geeqie to list all files, even those that do not contain images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Groupingsidecarextensions">\r
+ <title>Grouping sidecar extensions</title>\r
+ <para>This field defines which extensions will lead to file grouping. Grouped files will appear as a single entry in file views. This is useful, for example, when browsing directories containing two files for the same image (such as raw+jpeg files generated by some cameras).</para>\r
+ <para>The group is represented by the first extension in the list for which a file exists.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Each extension should include the starting dot and should be separated by a semi-colon from following entries. It is possible to use wild-cards corresponding to entries in the\r
+ <emphasis>File Types Class</emphasis>\r
+ below:\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <literal>%unknown</literal>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ expands to all files listed in class\r
+ <emphasis>Unknown</emphasis>\r
+ ,\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <literal>%image</literal>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ expands to all files listed in class\r
+ <emphasis>Image</emphasis>\r
+ ,\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <literal>%raw</literal>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ expands to all files listed in class\r
+ <emphasis>RAW Image</emphasis>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <literal>%meta</literal>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ expands to all files listed in class\r
+ <emphasis>Metadata</emphasis>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Filetypes">\r
+ <title>File types</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This list contains the image formats that are understood by Geeqie. To disable a specific file type from being displayed, uncheck it's corresponding check-box. Filters can be edited by first selecting the line containing the item to be changed, then clicking the filter or description field, making any changes, then pressing\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ ; press\r
+ <keycap>Escape</keycap>\r
+ to cancel an active edit.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Unlike all other options in the dialogue, filter list changes are applied immediately.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The table consists of:\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Filter</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ List of extensions this filter applies to, separated by a\r
+ <code>;</code>\r
+ . Each extension must be preceded by a dot.\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Description</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Brief description. This is not used elsewhere.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Class</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ This may be used to define sets of file types, for use in the\r
+ <emphasis>Grouping</emphasis>\r
+ function described above. The drop-down list has 4 entries:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>Unknown</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Image</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>RAW Image</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Metadata</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Writable</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>If this option is checked, Geeqie will try to write metadata to the image file itself. This, and the following option, are mutually exclusive.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Sidecar is allowed</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>If this option is checked, Geeqie will try to write metadata to a sidecar file associated with the image. This, and the previous option, are mutually exclusive.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="list-add.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Add\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Adds a new blank line to the filter list, change the parameters to match the desired file type.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="list-remove.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ Remove\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Removes the selected line from the filter list.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guibutton>Defaults</guibutton>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Resets the filter list to the default values, discarding any customizations made by the user.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsGeneral">
- <title>
- General Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options presented under the General Tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Startup"><title>
- Startup
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Restore folder on startup
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enabling this will cause Geeqie to initially open to the specified folder.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use Current
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Activate this button to change the setting to the current folder.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use last path
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When checked, Geeqie will recall the last path used on startup.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Thumbnails"><title>
- Thumbnails
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Selects the size of the thumbnails displayed throughout Geeqie, dimensions are width by height in pixels.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Quality
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Selects the method to use when scaling an image down for thumbnails.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Nearest
- </term><listitem><para>
- Fastest scaler, but results in poor thumbnail quality.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Tiles
- </term><listitem><para>
- Thumbnail results are very close to bilinear, with better speed.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Bilinear
- </term><listitem><para>
- High quality results, moderately fast.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Hyper
- </term><listitem><para>
- Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Cache thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to save thumbnails to disk, subsequent requests for a thumbnail will be faster. Thumbnails are cached into ($HOME)/.geeqie/thumbnails. Refer to <link linkend="GuideReferenceThumbnails">Thumbnails Reference</link> for details.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use shared thumbnail cache
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will use a thumbnail caching method that is compatible with applications that use the standard thumbnail specification. When this option is enabled thumbnails will be stored in ($HOME)/.thumbnails
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Cache thumbnails into .thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When enabled, Geeqie attempts to store cached thumbnails closer to the source image. This way multiple users can benefit from a single cache, thereby reducing wasted disk space. The resulting location is the source image's folder, in a sub folder with the name <emphasis role="strong">.thumbnails</emphasis>. When the image source folder cannot be written, Geeqie falls back to saving the thumbnail in the user's home folder.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Faster jpeg thumbnailing
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will speed up thumbnails generation in some cases, but may reduce the quality
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use EXIF thumbnails when available
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Geeqie will extract thumbnail from EXIF data if available instead of generating one. This will speed up thumbnails generation but EXIF thumbnail may be not in sync with the image if it was modified by a tool which didn't take care of the thumbnail data.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Use xvpics thumbnails when found
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- xvpics is a common thumbnail caching format used by several applications. Thumbnails are stored locally to the source image in a sub folder with the name <emphasis role="strong">.xvpics</emphasis>. Enabling this option will allow Geeqie to read thumbnails saved in the xvpics format.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Support for xvpics is read only, Geeqie can not generate thumbnails in this format.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Slideshow"><title>
- Slide show
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Delay between image change
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Specifies the delay between images for slide shows, in seconds.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Random
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When enabled, slide show images will appear in random order.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Random images are displayed such that each image appears once per cycle of all images. When the slide show repeat option is enabled, the image order is randomized after completing each cycle.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Repeat
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When enabled, slide shows will continue at the beginning after the last image is displayed.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsGeneral">\r
+ <title>General Options</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options presented under the General Tab of the preferences dialog.</para>\r
+ <section id="PreferencesThumbnails">\r
+ <title>Thumbnails</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Selects the size of the thumbnails displayed throughout Geeqie, dimensions are width by height in pixels.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Quality</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Selects the method to use when scaling an image down for thumbnails:\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Nearest</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Fastest scaler, but results in poor thumbnail quality.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Tiles</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Thumbnail results are very close to bilinear, with better speed.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Bilinear</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>High quality results, moderately fast.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Hyper</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Cache thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Enable this to save thumbnails to disk, subsequent requests for a thumbnail will be faster. Thumbnails are cached into:\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.cache/.geeqie/thumbnails</programlisting>\r
+ Refer to\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceThumbnails">Thumbnails Reference</link>\r
+ for additional details.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Use shared thumbnail cache</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This will use a thumbnail caching method that is compatible with applications that use the standard thumbnail specification. When this option is enabled thumbnails will be stored in\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.thumbnails</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Cache thumbnails into .thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When enabled, Geeqie attempts to store cached thumbnails closer to the source image. This way multiple users can benefit from a single cache, thereby reducing wasted disk space. The resulting location is the source image's folder, in a sub folder with the name\r
+ <programlisting>.thumbnails</programlisting>\r
+ When the image source folder cannot be written, Geeqie falls back to saving the thumbnail in the user's home folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Faster jpeg thumbnailing</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will speed up thumbnails generation in some cases, but may reduce the quality</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Use EXIF thumbnails when available</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Geeqie will extract thumbnail from EXIF data if available, instead of generating one. This will speed up thumbnails generation, but the EXIF thumbnail may be not in sync with the image if it was modified by a tool which did not also update the thumbnail data.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Use xvpics thumbnails when found</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ Refer to\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsHidden" endterm="titleGuideOptionsHidden" />\r
+ .\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Slideshow">\r
+ <title>Slide show</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Delay between image change</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>Specifies the delay between images for slide shows, in seconds.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Random</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ When enabled, slide show images will appear in random order.\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Random images are displayed such that each image appears once per cycle of all images. When the slide show repeat option is enabled, the image order is randomized after completing each cycle.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Repeat</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>This will cause the slide show to loop indefinitely, it will continue with the first image after displaying the last image in the slide show list.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="ImageLoadingandCaching">\r
+ <title>Image loading and caching</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Decoded image cache size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Limit the amount of memory available for caching images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Preload next image</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enabling this option will cause Geeqie to read the next logical image from disk when idle, it will also retain the previously viewed image in memory. By reading the nearest images into memory, time to display the next image is reduced.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>This option will increase Geeqie memory requirements, and may cause performance issues with very large images. If the use of Geeqie results in the system noticeably swapping memory to disk, try disabling this feature.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Refresh on file change</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Geeqie will monitor currently active images and folders for changes in their modification time, and update the display if it changes.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Disable this if the system will not go into sleep mode due to occasional disk activity from the time check, or if Geeqie updates too often for folders with continuously changing content.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsHidden">
- <title>
- Hidden Options
- </title>
- <para/><section id="geeqierc"><title>
- geeqierc
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options not accessible by the graphical interface, these options exist to maintain behavior of older releases of Geeqie. To change these settings, edit the Geeqie configuration file:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>($HOME)/.geeqie/geeqierc</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">lazy_image_sync: [true <emphasis role="i">false</emphasis>]</emphasis>: This will suppress the image view from changing when selecting a new folder; the current image will remain displayed until the user manually selects another image.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">display_dialogs_under_mouse: [true <emphasis role="i">false</emphasis>]</emphasis>: Enabling this will cause new dialogs to initially position themselves such that they are under the current mouse position.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">scroll_reset_method: value</emphasis>: This will set the method used to set the scroll position, or visible region of a new image, value can be:
- </para>
- <para>
- 0: Move to upper left corner.<?db2html element="br"?>
- 1: Center image.<?db2html element="br"?>
- 2: Maintain same visible region as previous image, if possible.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">dither_quality:</emphasis> Set the quality when dithering images on displays with a limited color pallet:
- </para>
- <para>
- 0: No dithering<?db2html element="br"?>
- 1: Normal<?db2html element="br"?>
- 2: Best
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="FindDuplicateswindow"><title>
- Find Duplicates window
- </title>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Ctrl + Shift + [Right Mouse click]</emphasis>: Use this to display a dialog containing the data stored for the clicked image file. This is usually only useful for debugging purposes.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsHidden">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsHidden">Legacy Configuration File Options</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para>\r
+ This section describes the options not accessible by the graphical interface, these options exist to maintain behavior of older releases of Geeqie. To change these settings, edit the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig">Geeqie configuration file</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">\r
+ lazy_image_sync: [true\r
+ <emphasis role="i">false</emphasis>\r
+ ]\r
+ </emphasis>\r
+ : This will suppress the image view from changing when selecting a new folder; the current image will remain displayed until the user manually selects another image.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">\r
+ display_dialogs_under_mouse: [true\r
+ <emphasis role="i">false</emphasis>\r
+ ]\r
+ </emphasis>\r
+ : Enabling this will cause new dialogs to initially position themselves such that they are under the current mouse position.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">scroll_reset_method: value</emphasis>\r
+ : This will set the method used to set the scroll position, or visible region of a new image, value can be:\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>0: Move to upper left corner.</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>1: Center image.</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>2: Maintain same visible region as previous image, if possible.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">dither_quality:</emphasis>\r
+ Set the quality when dithering images on displays with a limited color pallet:\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>0: No dithering</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>1: Normal</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>2: Best</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">\r
+ thumbnails.use_xvpics = [true\r
+ <emphasis role="i">false</emphasis>\r
+ ]\r
+ </emphasis>\r
+ : xvpics is a common thumbnail caching format used by several applications. Thumbnails are stored locally to the source image in a sub folder with the name\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">.xvpics</emphasis>\r
+ . Enabling this option will allow Geeqie to read thumbnails saved in the xvpics format.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Support for xvpics is read only, Geeqie can not generate thumbnails in this format.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsImage">
- <title>
- Image Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options presented under the Image Tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Zoom"><title>
- Zoom
- </title>
-
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Quality
- </term><listitem><para>
- Selects the method used to scale the size of an image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Nearest
- </term><listitem><para>
- Fastest scaler, but results in poor image quality.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Tiles
- </term><listitem><para>
- Results are somewhat close to bilinear, with better speed.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Bilinear
- </term><listitem><para>
- High quality results, moderately fast.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Hyper
- </term><listitem><para>
- Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Use GPU acceleration via Clutter library
- </term><listitem><para>
- Use alternate renderer. Geeqie must be compiled with the --enable-gpu-accel option.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Two pass zooming
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enables Geeqie to first display a scaled image using the nearest zoom quality. After image decoding is complete, the image is scaled again using the selected “Zoom (scaling)” method. This allows faster display of an image as it is decoded from the source file.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit
- </term><listitem><para>
- Enable this to allow Geeqie to increase the image size for images that are smaller than the current view area when the zoom is set to “Fit to Window”.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Limit image size when autofitting
- </term><listitem><para>
- This percentage will affect the size of the image when Fit image to window is set, instead of using 100% of the window, it will use the specified percentage. It allows one to keep a border around the image (values lower than 100%) or to auto zoom the image (values greater than 100%). It affects fullscreen mode too.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom increment
- </term><listitem><para>
- Adjusts the step size when zooming in or out on an image. This value corresponds to the percentage of the original image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Zoomcontrol"><title>
- Zoom control
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- When new image is selected
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This controls the behavior of the zoom setting when changing the displayed image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Zoom to original size
- </term><listitem><para>
- The new image is set to it's original size.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Fit image to window
- </term><listitem><para>
- The new image's zoom is changed so that the image will fit within the current view area.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Leave zoom at previous setting
- </term><listitem><para>
- The zoom setting is unchanged, the new image will be scaled the same as the previous image.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Scrollcontrol"><title>
- Scroll control
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Scroll reset method
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This controls the scroll initial position when changing the displayed image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Top left
- </term><listitem><para>
- The new image is displayed from top left corner.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Center
- </term><listitem><para>
- The new image is centered
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- No change
- </term><listitem><para>
- The new image is positionned as the previous one, whenever possible.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Appearance"><title>
- Appearance
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Custom border color
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to draw the image background (the area around the image) in the specified color.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Border color
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Use this color chooser to define the color to use as image background.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: You may use Limit image size when autofitting option to keep a border around the image in fullscreen mode.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Convenience"><title>
- Convenience
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Refresh on file change
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Geeqie will monitor currently active images and folders for changes in their modification time, and update the display if it changes.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: Disable this if the system will not go into sleep mode due to occasional disk activity from the time check, or if Geeqie updates too often for folders with continuously changing content.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Preload next image
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enabling this option will cause Geeqie to read the next logical image from disk when idle, it will also retain the previously viewed image in memory. By reading the nearest images into memory, time to display the next image is reduced.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: This option will increase Geeqie memory requirements, and may cause performance issues with very large images. If the use of Geeqie results in the system noticeably swapping memory to disk, try disabling this feature.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Auto rotate image using EXIF information
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Auto rotates images based on data stored in images that include EXIF data.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsImage">\r
+ <title>Image Options</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options presented under the Image Tab of the preferences dialog.</para>\r
+ <section id="Zoom">\r
+ <title>Zoom</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Quality</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Selects the method used to scale the size of an image:\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Nearest</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Fastest scaler, but results in poor image quality.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Tiles</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Results are somewhat close to bilinear, with better speed.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Bilinear</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>High quality results, moderately fast.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Hyper</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Use GPU acceleration via Clutter library</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Use alternate renderer. Geeqie must be compiled with the --enable-gpu-accel option.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Two pass zooming</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Enables Geeqie to first display a scaled image using the\r
+ <emphasis>Nearest</emphasis>\r
+ zoom quality. After image decoding is complete, the image is scaled again using the selected\r
+ <emphasis>Zoom Quality</emphasis>\r
+ method. This allows faster display of an image as it is decoded from the source file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Enable this to allow Geeqie to increase the image size for images that are smaller than the current view area when the zoom is set to\r
+ <emphasis>Fit image to window</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Limit image size when autofitting</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This percentage will affect the size of the image when\r
+ <emphasis>Fit image to window</emphasis>\r
+ is set. Instead of using 100% of the window, it will use the specified percentage. It allows one to keep a border around the image (values lower than 100%) or to auto zoom the image (values greater than 100%). It affects fullscreen mode too.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Zoom increment</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Adjusts the step size when zooming in or out on an image. This value corresponds to the percentage of the original image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Whennewimageisselected">\r
+ <title>When new image is selected</title>\r
+ <para>This controls the behavior of the zoom and scroll settings when changing the displayed image.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Zoom to original size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The new image is set to it's original size.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Fit image to window</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The new image's zoom is changed so that the image will fit within the current view area.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Leave zoom at previous setting</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The zoom setting is unchanged, the new image will be scaled the same as the previous image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Scroll to top left corner</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The new image is displayed from top left corner.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Scroll to image center</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The new image is centered</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Keep the region from previous iamge</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The new image is positioned as the previous one, whenever possible.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Appearance">\r
+ <title>Appearance</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Custom border color</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enable this to draw the image background (the area around the image) in the specified color.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Border color</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Use this color chooser to define the color to use as image background.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ You may use the\r
+ <emphasis>Limit image size when autofitting</emphasis>\r
+ (see above) option to keep a border around the image in fullscreen mode.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Convenience">\r
+ <title>Convenience</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Auto rotate image using EXIF information</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Auto rotates images based on metadata stored in images that have Exif data.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Auto rotate proofs using EXIF information</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>TBD</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<section id="GuideOptionsKeyboard">
- <title>
- Keyboard Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the hotkey configuration dialog.
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsKeyboard">Keyboard Options</title>
+ <para>This dialogue enables changes to be be made to the default key short-cut allocated to menu items.</para>
+ <para>The data displayed may be ordered by clicking at the top of each column.</para>
+ <para>To change or create a new short-cut, double click on the KEY column of the relevant item. The text displayed will change to "New accelerator...". Press the key combination required for this action. The Apply button must be pressed for the change to be made permanent.</para>
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsLayout"><title/>
- <title>
- Window Layout
- </title>
- <para>
- The Geeqie main window consists of three main panes, their position and order can be changed here. The first four selections represent the basic layout of the main window. The numbers within each selection represent the order of the pane content.
- </para>
- <para>
- The order of the content can be changed by dragging the Tools, Files, or Image with the mouse to the desired location within the list.
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsLayout">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsLayout">Window Layout</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This item is accessed via\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Configure this window</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Home Path</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The path to be moved to when\r
+ <code>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="user-home.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ </code>\r
+ is clicked.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show date in directories list view</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The folder pane will show dates.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Exit program when this window is closed</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If multiple instances of Geeqie have been started via\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ , if this check box is clicked all instances will be closed when this window is exited.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Start-up directory</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This may be set for each instance of Geeqie.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Layout</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The Geeqie main window consists of three main panes: the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFolderPane">folder pane</link>\r
+ ,\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowFilePane">file pane</link>\r
+ and the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">image pane</link>\r
+ . Their position and order can be changed here. The four choices shown represent the basic layout of the main window, the difference being that each has the larger pane in a different location: right, bottom, left, and top.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The numbers within each selection represent the order of the pane content.</para>\r
+ <para>The order in which the panes are filled is determined by the three row list located below the layout selection. The three numbered rows correspond to the three numbered regions of the selected layout. To change the order of the list, drag a row to the desired location within the list.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>In this dialogue the file and image panes are labeled as such, however for historical reasons the folder pane is labeled as tools.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsMetadata">
- <title>
- Metadata Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the metadata writing process and options that influences it.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Metadatahandling"><title>
- Metadata handling
- </title>
- <para/><section id="Readalgorithm"><title>
- Read algorithm
- </title>
- <orderedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Read exif, iptc and XMP from the file.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Now we have "raw" data -> show them in <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsExif">Exif Window</link>.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Read XMP sidecar or Geeqie private metadata file, which overrides the XMP read from the file.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Sync XMP with exif and Iptc, this corresponds to the "reconciliation" as described in [<ulink url="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/xmp/pdfs/XMPSpecificationPart3.pdf">XMP Specification</ulink>]
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>detect which of Exif and Xmp.exif is newer and copy the data in appropriate direction
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>detect which of Iptc and Xmp is newer and copy the data in appropriate direction
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Now we have "processed" data - use them for Info Sidebar (title, keywords, ...), Orientation, Color management, etc.
- </para></listitem></orderedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Metadatamodification"><title>
- Metadata modification
- </title>
- <itemizedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Grouped files handling (raw + jpeg): description tags (keywords, comments) are written to all image files in the group (a group contains the same image in various formats, descriptions should be the same), technical tags (exif) are handled separately for each file.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Modifying the keywords, comment, orientation, etc. does not ask for confirmation, but immediately modifies the metadata in memory and adds the file to "write queue"
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Writing of the queued changes is triggered from the menu or via auto-save. It is possible to review the changes and exclude selected files.
- </para></listitem></itemizedlist>
- <para/></section><section id="Writealgorithm"><title>
- Write algorithm
- </title>
- <orderedlist spacing="compact"><listitem><para>Exif and IPTC is updated from XMP (for example Exif.Image.Orientation is updated from Xmp.exif.orientation). See XMP and IPTC4XMP specs for the list of corresponding tags.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Try to write exif, iptc and XMP to the image file
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>Try to write XMP sidecar for raw file if previous step was not possible.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>If previous steps were not possible, write XMP metadata to .metadata.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>If previous steps were not possible, write XMP metadata to geeqie private directory.
- </para></listitem><listitem><para>After the first successful write attempt delete old metadata files in all possible locations.
- </para></listitem></orderedlist>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Optionsthatinfluencestheprocess"><title>
- Options that influences the process
- </title>
- <para>
- File types with allowed sidecars are listed in the Files tab.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsMetadata">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOptionsMetadata">Metadata</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options for metadata writing.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para>\r
+ The settings in the\r
+ <link linkend="Filetypes">Files tab of Preferences</link>\r
+ influence whether an attempt is made to write metadata to the file itself, to a sidecar file or to a local folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Refer also to\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceMetadata" endterm="titleGuideReferenceMetadata" />\r
+ in the Reference section.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <section id="MetadataWritingProcess">\r
+ <title id="titleMetadataWritingProcess">Metadata writing process</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When writing metadata, Geeqie will follow three steps. This process will stop when the first successful write occurs.\r
+ <orderedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Save metadata in image files, resp. sidecar files, according to the XMP standard</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, Geeqie will attempt to write metadata to the file itself, or to an associated XMP sidecar file\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Save metadata in '.metadata' folder, local to image folder (non-standard)</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, Geeqie will attempt to write to an xmp file in a local .metadata folder\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Save metadata in Geeqie private directory</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If neither of the above are successful, Geeqie will write to an xmp file in the folder\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.local/share/geeqie/metadata</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </orderedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>When writing to local metadata folders, the directory structure duplicates that of the location of the source files.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="WriteToImageFiles">\r
+ <title>Step 1: Write to image files</title>\r
+ <para>If Step 1 above was successful, the following options take effect:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Store metadata also in legacy IPTC tags (converted according to IPTC4XMP standard)</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, Geeqie will write IPTC tags as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards" endterm="titleGuideReferenceStandards" />\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Warn if the image files are not writeable</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, open a warning dialogue if the file is not writeable\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Ask before writing to image files</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, open a confirmation dialogue before writing to the file\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="WriteToGeeqiePrivateFiles">\r
+ <title>Steps 2 and 3: Write to Geeqie private files</title>\r
+ <para>If Step 2 or 3 above was successful, the following option takes effect:</para>\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Use GQview legacy metadata format (supports only keywords and comments) instead of XMP</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, Geeqie will write metadata in GQview legacy files (file extension .meta) format\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="MetadataMiscellaneous">\r
+ <title>Miscellaneous</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Write the same description tags (keywords, comment, title) to all grouped sidecars</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked the same descriptive tags are written to all files in a group. File grouping is as defined in the\r
+ <link linkend="Groupingsidecarextensions">Files tab</link>\r
+ of main Preferences. Technical tags (exif) are handled separately for each file.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Allow keywords to differ only in case</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, permits keywords to be case-sensitive (e.g.\r
+ <emphasis>Place</emphasis>\r
+ and\r
+ <emphasis>place</emphasis>\r
+ are two different keywords)\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Write altered image orientation to the metadata</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ TBD\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="AutoSaveOptions">\r
+ <title>Auto-save options</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Write metadata after timeout</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, metadata writes will be made automatically at the defined interval. Warning dialogues will be issued if required.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Write metadata on image change</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, metadata writes will be made when you move focus to another image.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <guilabel>Write metadata on directory change</guilabel>\r
+ <para />\r
+ If checked, metadata writes will be made when you move focus to another folder.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section id="GuideOptionsSteroa">
+ <title>Stereo image management</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOptionsWindow">
- <title>
- Window Options
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the options presented under the Windows Tab of the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="State"><title>
- State
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Remember window positions
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will maintain windows size and position between Geeqie sessions.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Remember tool state
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will maintain the tool window state between Geeqie sessions.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Size"><title>
- Size
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Fit window to image when tools are hidden/floating
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The main window will be resized to accommodate each image's size and proportions when the image pane is the only one visible within the window.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Limit size when auto-sizing window
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This will restrict the maximum size a window can grow to automatically fit an image. The value represents the percentage of the desktop size in width and height.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="FullScreen"><title>
- Full Screen
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Location
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Selects the location and position of the full screen window. 'Determined by window manager' will leave the window placement up to the window manager. 'Active screen' places the window on the same screen as the Geeqie main window. 'Active monitor' does the same, but limits the full screen window size to the monitor containing the main window. The remaining choices are dependent on the multiple monitor configuration.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Stay above other windows
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to have Geeqie ask the window manager to keep the full screen window above other windows. Note that the window manager may ignore the request. This option is not relevant when the full screen location is determined by the window manager.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Smooth image flip
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This option delays the image change in full screen until the next image is entirely decoded into memory, the result is a smoother transition between images.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Disable screen saver
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This option will execute <emphasis role="i">xscreensaver-command --deactivate</emphasis> once per minute to avoid the screen saver from activating when Geeqie is displayed full screen.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="OverlayScreenDisplay"><title>
- Overlay Screen Display
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Always show image overlay at startup
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable this to have the image overlay info displayed by default
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image overlay template
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Overlay info is customizable through this template
- </para>
- <para>
- Overlay info format string syntax is: <literal>%tag[:max_length][:extra]%</literal>
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Tag</emphasis>
- </entry><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Replaced by</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- name
- </entry><entry>
- Filename of the picture
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- collection
- </entry><entry>
- Name of the collection
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- number
- </entry><entry>
- Current number of image in the list
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- total
- </entry><entry>
- Total number of images
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- date
- </entry><entry>
- File date
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- size
- </entry><entry>
- File size
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- width
- </entry><entry>
- Image width
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- height
- </entry><entry>
- Image height
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- res
- </entry><entry>
- Image resolution
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- keywords
- </entry><entry>
- Image keywords from metadata
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- comment
- </entry><entry>
- Image comment from metadata
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <exif_tag>
- </entry><entry>
- The exif tag from metadata
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- lua/<lua_script>/
- </entry><entry>
- The output of a Lua script file
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- lua//<lua_command>
- </entry><entry>
- The output of a Lua command
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- Examples of usage are:
- </para><para><programlisting>
-%keywords%
-%Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal%
-%lua/jpeg_comment.lua/:12%
-%lua//return(os.date())%
- </programlisting></para>
- <para>Refer to <link linkend="GuideReferenceLua">Lua Extensions</link> for further information.</para>
- <para/>
- <para>
- Pre-formatted exif data is also available:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Tag</emphasis>
- </entry><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Replaced by exif data</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.Camera
- </entry><entry>
- Camera and sofware name
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/DateTime">DateTime?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Image Date
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/ShutterSpeed">ShutterSpeed?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Shutter speed in seconds (ie. 1/60s)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.Aperture
- </entry><entry>
- Aperture (ie. f5.6)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/ExposureBias">ExposureBias?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Exposure bias (ie. +0.3)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.ISOSpeedRating
- </entry><entry>
- ISO sensitivity (ie. 100)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/FocalLength">FocalLength?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Focal length
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/FocalLength">FocalLength?</ulink>35mmFilm
- </entry><entry>
- Focal length 35mm
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/SubjectDistance">SubjectDistance?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Subject distance
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.Flash
- </entry><entry>
- Flash
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.Resolution
- </entry><entry>
- Resolution
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- formatted.<ulink url="/wiki/ColorProfile">ColorProfile?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Color profile
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- You can limit the length of displayed data using :number notation: <literal>%formatted.Camera:20%</literal> will truncate the displayed data to 20 characters and will add 3 dots at the end to denote the truncation.
- </para>
- <para>
- If two or more variables are connected with the -sign, it prints available variables with a separator:<?db2html element="br"?>
- <literal>%formatted.ShutterSpeed% %formatted.ISOSpeedRating% %formatted.FocalLength%</literal><?db2html element="br"?>
- could show:<?db2html element="br"?>
- "1/20s - 400 - 80 mm"<?db2html element="br"?>
- or<?db2html element="br"?>
- "1/200 - 80 mm" if there's no ISO information in the Exif data.<?db2html element="br"?>
- </para>
- <para>
- If a line is empty, it is removed. This allows one to add lines that totally disappear when no data is available.
- </para>
- <para>
- Extra string uses special character '*' to mark the position of the data. If no '*' is present, then extra string is just appended to data. Any "\n" is replaced by a newline on display. Pango mark up is accepted in left and right parts. If data is empty, nothing will be displayed.
- </para>
- <para>
- Examples:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- <literal>%name:&lt;i&gt;*&lt;/i&gt;\n%</literal>
- </term><listitem><para>
- name is displayed in italics ended with a newline
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- <literal>%size:\n%</literal>
- </term><listitem><para>
- size is displayed with a newline at end
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- <literal>%formatted.ISOSpeedRating:ISO *%</literal>
- </term><listitem><para>
- ie. "ISO 100"
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- <literal>Collection &lt;b&gt;*&lt;/b&gt;\n</literal>
- </term><listitem><para>
- display collection name in bold prefixed by "Collection " and a newline is appended
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Help button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Show syntax help
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Defaults button
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Restore default image overlay template
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOptionsWindow">\r
+ <title>Window Options</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the options presented under the Windows Tab of the preferences dialog.</para>\r
+ <section id="State">\r
+ <title>State</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Remember window positions</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will maintain windows size and position between Geeqie sessions.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Remember tool state</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Maintains the selection set by\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>File and Folders</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Float File List</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Size">\r
+ <title>Size</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Fit window to image when tools are hidden/floating</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The main window will be resized to accommodate each image's size and proportions when the image pane is the only one visible within the window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Limit size when auto-sizing window</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This will restrict the maximum size a window can grow to automatically fit an image. The value represents the percentage of the desktop size in width and height.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="FullScreen">\r
+ <title>Full Screen</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Location</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Selects the location and position of the full screen window. 'Determined by window manager' will leave the window placement up to the window manager. 'Active screen' places the window on the same screen as the Geeqie main window. 'Active monitor' does the same, but limits the full screen window size to the monitor containing the main window. The remaining choices are dependent on the multiple monitor configuration.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Smooth image flip</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This option delays the image change in full screen until the next image is entirely decoded into memory, the result is a smoother transition between images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Disable screen saver</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This option will execute\r
+ <emphasis role="i">xscreensaver-command --deactivate</emphasis>\r
+ once per minute to avoid the screen saver from activating when Geeqie is displayed full screen.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="OverlayScreenDisplay">\r
+ <title>Overlay Screen Display</title>\r
+ <para>The contents of the Overlay Screen Display is defined by the Image Overlay Template. This template is easily customised to display a wide range of data.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The format of each entry is:\r
+ <programlisting>%tag[:max_length][:extra]%</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <tgroup cols="2" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Tag</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Replaced by</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>name</entry>\r
+ <entry>Filename of the picture</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>collection</entry>\r
+ <entry>Name of the collection</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>number</entry>\r
+ <entry>Current number of image in the list</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>total</entry>\r
+ <entry>Total number of images</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>date</entry>\r
+ <entry>File date</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>size</entry>\r
+ <entry>File size</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>width</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image width</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>height</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image height</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>res</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image resolution</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>keywords</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image keywords from metadata</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>comment</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image comment from metadata</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry><meta_tag></entry>\r
+ <entry>The Exif, XMP, or IPTC tag from metadata</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>lua/<lua_script>/</entry>\r
+ <entry>The output of a Lua script file</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>lua//<lua_command></entry>\r
+ <entry>The output of a Lua command</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para>\r
+ As an aide, in addition to standard metadata tags, Geeqie provides a number of\r
+ <link linkend="formatted_exif">pre-formatted tags</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Examples of usage are:</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ %keywords%\r
+ %Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal%\r
+ %lua/jpeg_comment.lua/:12%\r
+ %lua//return(os.date())%\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Refer to\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceLua">Lua Extensions</link>\r
+ for further information.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The length of displayed data can be limited by using the\r
+ <emphasis role="italic">:max_length</emphasis>\r
+ parameter. The following example will truncate the displayed data to 20 characters and will add 3 dots at the end to denote the truncation.\r
+ <programlisting>%formatted.Camera:20%</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ If two or more variables are connected with the\r
+ <code>|</code>\r
+ character, the variables are displayed with a separator. For example::\r
+ <programlisting>%formatted.ShutterSpeed%|%formatted.ISOSpeedRating%|%formatted.FocalLength%</programlisting>\r
+ could show:\r
+ <programlisting>"1/20s - 400 - 80 mm"</programlisting>\r
+ Or, if there is no ISO information in the Exif data:\r
+ <programlisting>"1/200 - 80 mm"</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>If there is no data for a requested tag, the line is not displayed.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The\r
+ <emphasis role="italic">:extra</emphasis>\r
+ parameter may be used to format the output by prepending and appending a text string to the displayed item.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The special character\r
+ <code>*</code>\r
+ is used to mark the position of the Tag data item. If no\r
+ <code>*</code>\r
+ is present, the extra string is just appended to the standard data displayed. Any "\n" is replaced by a newline on display.\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards">Pango mark up</link>\r
+ is accepted in both left and right parts. If the data item is empty, nothing will be displayed.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Examples:</para>\r
+ <table>\r
+ <tgroup cols="2" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Template</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Example display</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ %name:\r
+ <i>*</i>\n%\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="italic">filename001.jpg</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>%size:\n%</entry>\r
+ <entry>123456</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>%formatted.ISOSpeedRating:ISO *%</entry>\r
+ <entry>ISO 100</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ %collection:Collection:\r
+ <b>*</b>\r
+ \n%\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ Collection:\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">my_new_collection</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="preferences-desktop-font.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ <guilabel>Font</guilabel>\r
+ ,\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-color-picker.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ <guilabel>Text</guilabel>\r
+ ,\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="gtk-color-picker.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ <guilabel>Background</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>The font used for the Overlay Screen Display, as well as the font colour and background colour, may be set via these buttons. Colour transparency can also be set.</listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guibutton>\r
+ <guiicon>\r
+ <inlinegraphic fileref="help-contents.png" />\r
+ </guiicon>\r
+ </guibutton>\r
+ <guilabel>Help</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Show syntax help</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Defaults</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Restore default image overlay template</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideOtherWindows">
- <title>
- Other Windows
- </title>
- <para>
- This section describes the windows available in Geeqie that can be thought of as general purpose, they are not designed for a specific purpose.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsImageProperties.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsPanView.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideOtherWindows">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOtherWindows">Stand-alone Windows</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This section describes the windows that may be displayed simultaneously with the Geeqie main window. They are initiated via the\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis>\r
+ and\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">File</emphasis>\r
+ menus.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsExif.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideOtherWindowsPanView.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideCollections.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOtherWindowsExif">
- <title>
- Exif Window
- </title>
- <para>
- The Exif window shows Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata that are present in the file. Unlike the other parts of the program, this window shows the "raw" metadata read from the file, without any postprocessing. Other parts of the program combines metadata from various formats and also merges in the sidecars and private metadata files. Thus, this window is ideal for metadata debugging. For normal use look at the Exif panes in the <link linkend="GuideSidebarsInfo">Info Sidebar</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is possible to drag items from the Exif window to the Exif panes in the <link linkend="GuideSidebarsInfo">Info Sidebar</link>.
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOtherWindowsExif">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideOtherWindowsExif">Exif Window</title>\r
+ <para>The Exif window shows the Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata that are present in the image file.</para>\r
+ <para>Unlike the other parts of the program, this window shows the "raw" metadata read from the file, without any post-processing. Thus, this window is ideal for metadata debugging.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The Exif pane in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideSidebarsInfo">Info Sidebar</link>\r
+ is more suitable for general use, as it displays merged data from sidecar and private metadata files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To facilitate including extra items in the Exif pane in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideSidebarsInfo">Info Sidebar</link>\r
+ , it is possible to drag-and-drop an item from the Exif window onto the Sidebar pane.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+</section>
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOtherWindowsImageProperties">
- <title>
- Image Properties Window
- </title>
- <para>
- The image properties window is a dialog that displays various information about a file.
- </para>
- <para>
- To display a properties window for a an image select Properties from it's context menu, in most windows pressing Ctrl + P will display the properties of the selected images or files.
- </para>
- <para>
- The properties window contains a scaled down image of the file and information about the file under several tabs. If the window contains more than one file, they can be navigated by activating the left and right arrow buttons, or by clicking the primary and middle mouse buttons on the image preview.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Imagepreview"><title>
- Image preview
- </title>
- <para>
- This displays the contents of the active file. When the window contains more than one file, they can be navigated with the primary and middle mouse buttons. The image display is also a drag source for drag and drop, start the drag operation by pressing the middle mouse button and dragging the file to the desired target.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Generaltab"><title>
- General tab
- </title>
- <para>
- This displays information about the active file. It includes:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File attributes
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Modification date and time, size, owner, group, and permissions.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image attributes
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Dimensions, uncompressed size, file or mime type, and existence of an alpha channel.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Compress ratio
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The percentage of file size compared to the size of the image when decoded into memory.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Keywordstab"><title>
- Keywords tab
- </title>
- <para>
- The keywords tab contains the same information that is in the Keywords sidebar, please refer to the <link linkend="GuideSidebarsKeywords">Keywords Sidebar?</link> page for details.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="EXIFtab"><title>
- EXIF tab
- </title>
- <para>
- The EXIF tab contains the same information that is in the EXIF sidebar, please refer to the <link linkend="GuideSidebarsExif">EXIF Sidebar?</link> page for details.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">
- <title>
- Image Window
- </title>
- <para>
- An image window is a window that displays only the image.
- </para>
- <para>
- An image window can always be opened from the context menu of all images and files. Keyboard shortcuts exist for most windows that display images or files, however the shortcut can vary dependent on the type of window containing them.
- </para>
- <para>
- The image pane contained in an image window behaves and operates similar to the image pane of a <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">Main Window</link>. The keyboard shortcuts are the same, and the context menu is the same except “Hide file list” is replaced by “Close window”. The <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link> and <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen">full screen</link> functions are also available.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Navigation"><title>
- Navigation
- </title>
- <para>
- When the image window contains a list of images or is linked to a collection, the displayed image can be changed forward or backward in the list with the respective <ulink url="/wiki/PageDown">PageDown?</ulink> and <ulink url="/wiki/PageUp">PageUp?</ulink> keys. In addition, all navigation methods for the mouse and keyboard are similar to that of the image pane of a <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane">Main Window</link>.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Changingtheimage"><title>
- Changing the image
- </title>
- <para>
- To change the contents of an image window, drop the items onto the window with drag and drop. The dropped item can be one or more files, folders, or an image from a collection window:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- One or more <emphasis role="strong">files</emphasis>
- </term><listitem><para>
- The image window will display the first image; the list of dropped images can be navigated similar to a main window's image pane.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- One or more <emphasis role="strong">folders</emphasis>
- </term><listitem><para>
- When the dropped list of items includes a folder, a menu will appear allowing to skip the folders, add their contents, or add their contents recursively. After choosing from the menu the requested files will be added to the image window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Image from a <emphasis role="strong">collection</emphasis>
- </term><listitem><para>
- The image window will change to display the image and become linked to the collection containing the image. Images in the collection can then be navigated and viewed from the image window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Changing the image window by dropping a new item onto it will cause the previous list of images or linked collection to be discarded.
- </para>
- <para>
- To update the image display in the event that the source file has changed, press the R key.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="InformationandhistogramOverlay"><title>
- Information and histogram Overlay
- </title>
- <para>
- A small overlay can be turned on and off by pressing the I key. This overlay displays the image file name, dimensions, file date, and file size. The count of the current image and of all images contained by the window are also displayed in parenthesis. When the window is linked to a collection, the collection title will also appear in the overlay in italics above the file name.
- </para>
- <para>
- An histogram is displayed if I key is pressed twice, K key will modify the data displayed, and J key will toggle linear or logarithmic histogram.
- </para>
- <para>
- Overlay info is customizable through <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Image Overlay Template?</link> option in Advanced tab in Preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow">\r
+ <title>Image Window</title>\r
+ <para>An image window is a window that displays only the image, without menus or sidebars.</para>\r
+ <para>An image window can always be opened from the context menu of all images and files. Keyboard shortcuts exist for most windows that display images or files, however the shortcut can vary dependent on the type of window containing them.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The image pane contained in an image window behaves and operates similar to the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane" />\r
+ of a Main Window, including the\r
+ <link linkend="InformationandhistogramOverlay" endterm="titleInformationandhistogramOverlay" />\r
+ . The keyboard shortcuts are the same, and the context menu is the same except\r
+ <emphasis>Hide file list</emphasis>\r
+ is replaced by\r
+ <emphasis>Close window</emphasis>\r
+ . The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationSlideshow">slide show</link>\r
+ and\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImagePresentationFullscreen">full screen</link>\r
+ functions are also available.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Navigation">\r
+ <title>Navigation</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ When the image window is initiated from an image selection or from a collection window, the displayed image can be changed forward or backward in the list with the respective\r
+ <keycap>PageDown</keycap>\r
+ and\r
+ <keycap>PageUp</keycap>\r
+ keys. In addition, all navigation methods for the mouse and keyboard are similar to that of the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane" />\r
+ of a Main Window.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="ImageWindowDragandDrop">\r
+ <title id="titleImageWindowDragandDrop">Drag and Drop</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Images can be dragged and dropped onto an image window, but the process is somewhat different to that of an\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane" />\r
+ . If multiple images, a folder or an image from a collection window is dropped onto the image window, you can cycle through all these images using the navigation keys.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The dropped item can be one or more files, folders, or an image from a collection window:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>One or more files</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The image window will display the first image; the list of dropped images can be navigated similar to a main window's image pane.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>One or more folders</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>When the dropped list of items includes a folder, a menu will appear allowing to skip the folders, add their contents, or add their contents recursively. After choosing from the menu the requested files will be added to the image window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image from a collection</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The image window will change to display the image and become linked to the collection containing the image. Images in the collection can then be navigated and viewed from the image window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para>Changing the image window by dropping a new item onto it will cause the previous list of images or linked collection to be discarded.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To update the image display in the event that the source file has changed, press\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideOtherWindowsPanView">
- <title>
- Pan View Window
- </title>
- <para>
- This window proposes alternative views of the <emphasis role="i">current directory and its children</emphasis>.<?db2html element="br"?>
- You can pan the view as you pan an image in normal view mode, using left mouse button and drag.
- </para>
- <para>
- A primary mouse button click on any image will display informations about the image. Secondary mouse button will show a context menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- Note: The pan view recursively visits each folder under the specified folder, so be careful it can eat a lot of ressources.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Selectafolder"><title>
- Select a folder
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Location
- </term><listitem><para>
- Set the top folder.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Chooseaviewmode"><title>
- Choose a view mode
- </title>
- <para>
- A select box let you choose among different view modes:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Timeline
- </term><listitem><para>
- Shows images grouped by date.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Calendar
- </term><listitem><para>
- Shows a calendar with the number of images indicated for each day (as dots and number). Left mouse button click will show images in a popup.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Folders
- </term><listitem><para>
- Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent and children folders are shown as boxes enclosing other boxes.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Folders (flower)
- </term><listitem><para>
- Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent folders are linked to children by a line. The top folder is the center of the flower.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Grid
- </term><listitem><para>
- All images are shown on a grid.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Howeachimageshouldberepresented"><title>
- How each image should be represented
- </title>
- <para>
- Another select box let you choose the representation of each image:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Dots
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by a dot.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- No images
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by a square box.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Small thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by a small thumbnail.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Normal thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by a normal thumbnail.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Large thumbnails
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by a large thumbnail.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- 1:10 (10%)
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by reduced image (1/10 of the original's dimensions).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- 1:4 (25%)
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by reduced image (1/4 of the original's dimensions).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- 1:3 (33%)
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by reduced image (1/3 of the original's dimensions).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- 1:2 (50%)
- </term><listitem><para>
- Each image is represented by reduced image (1/2 of the original's dimensions).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- 1:1 (100%)
- </term><listitem><para>
- The original image is shown at its normal dimensions.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Find"><title>
- Find
- </title>
- <para>
- At the bottom of the window:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Find button
- </term><listitem><para>
- Shows a text field for image search. One can enter a filename or a part of it or a date (yyyy or yyyy-mm or yyyy-mm-dd format, separator can be '/','-',' ','.',','). Pressing Enter key will start the search, pressing it again will move to the next match. Matched file is made visible and details are shown for it.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideOtherWindowsPanView">\r
+ <title>Pan View</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This window offers alternative views of the\r
+ <emphasis role="i">current directory and its children</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ <para />\r
+ It may be opened by\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>J</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Pan view</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ \r
+ You can pan the view as you pan an image in normal view mode, using left mouse button and drag.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>A primary mouse button click on any image will display informations about the image. Secondary mouse button will show a context menu.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Pan view recursively visits each folder under the specified folder. This can consume considerable computer resources.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Selectafolder">\r
+ <title>Select a folder</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Location</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The initial location is the current Geeqie folder when the Pan view window is opened.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Chooseaviewmode">\r
+ <title>Choose a view mode</title>\r
+ <para>A select box let you choose among different view modes:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Timeline</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Shows images grouped by date.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Shows a calendar with the number of images indicated for each day (as dots and number). Left mouse button click will show images in a pop-up.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Folders</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent and children folders are shown as boxes enclosing other boxes.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Folders (flower)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent folders are linked to children by a line. The top folder is the center of the flower.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Grid</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>All images are shown on a grid.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Howeachimageshouldberepresented">\r
+ <title>How each image should be represented</title>\r
+ <para>Another select box let you choose the representation of each image:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Dots</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by a dot.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>No images</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by a square box.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Small thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by a small thumbnail.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Normal thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by a normal thumbnail.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Large thumbnails</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by a large thumbnail.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>1:10 (10%)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by reduced image (1/10 of the original's dimensions).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>1:4 (25%)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by reduced image (1/4 of the original's dimensions).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>1:3 (33%)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by reduced image (1/3 of the original's dimensions).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>1:2 (50%)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Each image is represented by reduced image (1/2 of the original's dimensions).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>1:1 (100%)</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The original image is shown at its normal dimensions.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Find">\r
+ <title>Find</title>\r
+ <para>At the bottom of the window:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Find button</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Shows a text field for image search. One can enter either:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>filename or part filename</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ file date in any of the following forms, where the separator may one of\r
+ <code>/</code>\r
+ <code>-</code>\r
+ <code>,</code>\r
+ <code>.</code>\r
+ or a space:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>yyyy-mm-dd</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>yyyy-mm</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>yyyy</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ will start the search, pressing it again will move to the next match. The matched file is made visible and details are shown for it.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuidePrinting">
- <title>
- Printing
- </title>
- <para>
- To print an image press Shift + P or select Print from the File menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The print dialog includes tabs that group related printing options, a preview pane, and a Print and Cancel button.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Layouttab"><title>
- Layout tab
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Source
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- This selects the group of images to use for print output.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image
- </term><listitem><para>
- The file with the focus.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Selection
- </term><listitem><para>
- The files selected in the main window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- All
- </term><listitem><para>
- All files listed in the main window.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Layout
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Select one image per page, or a Proof sheet that will print multiple images per page.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Image size
- </term><listitem><para>
- When print one image per page, the size of the image in relation to the available print area.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Proof size
- </term><listitem><para>
- When printing a Proof sheet, the size of each image in Units (see Paper tab).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para/></section><section id="Texttab"><title>
- Text tab
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Name
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Include the file name below each image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Path
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Include the full path of the file below each image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Date
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Include the file date below each image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Include the file size below each image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Dimensions
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Include the source image's pixel width and height below each image.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Font size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The font size to use for the text description of each image, in points.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Papertab"><title>
- Paper tab
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Format
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The size of the paper in the printer's paper tray. Many common sizes are provided, however if the paper size is not listed selected the Custom format and enter the paper size in Size below.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Size
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The size of the selected paper format, in Units (below). These numbers can be changed when the paper Format is Custom.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Units
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Select the units for Geeqie to use when conveying measurements of length for paper size, margins, and images sizes to the user.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Orientation
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Select portrait or landscape print output.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Margins
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- These values specify the size of the paper edges not to be included in the print region, in Units (above).
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Printertab"><title>
- Printer tab
- </title>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Destination
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Use this to select the destination of the print output.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Default printer
- </term><listitem><para>
- Prints to the system default printer.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Custom printer
- </term><listitem><para>
- Prints to the printer using the command defined in Custom printer (below).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Postscript file
- </term><listitem><para>
- Writes using the postscript format to named File (below).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Image file
- </term><listitem><para>
- Writes using the selected File format (below) to named File (below).
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Custom printer
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The command to use when Destination is selected as Custom printer. For convenience, the drop down list includes printers available for use by the printing subsystem.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The file to use for output when Destination is Postscript file or Image file.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- File format
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The image format to use when Destination is Image file.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- DPI
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Abbreviation for Dots Per Inch. When the Destination is a printer or postscript file, this defines the maximum DPI to use when outputting image data. For example if the Destination printer is only capable of 600 DPI, but the resulting image to print is 1200 DPI, Geeqie will scale the image down to 600 DPI before sending it to the printer. This can greatly reduce the size of a print job when printing Proof Sheets or very large images.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Preview"><title>
- Preview
- </title>
- <para>
- The preview displays a small version of the output that will result with the current settings. The preview will update whenever a setting is changed that will effect the print output.
- </para>
- <para>
- The preview will indicate the number of pages that will be printed, to see a preview of a specific page change to that page by activating the left or right arrow buttons located below the preview.
- </para>
- <para>
- The size of the preview can be changed using the three zoom buttons located below the preview.
- </para>
- <para>
- The preview includes several reference lines that are <emphasis role="i">not included</emphasis> in the final print:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Reference grid
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Light gray lines that form a grid over the entire page, the spacing between these lines is dependent on the current measurement unit:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Inch
- </term><listitem><para>
- 1 inch.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Points
- </term><listitem><para>
- 72 points.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term>
- Centimeters or Millimeters
- </term><listitem><para>
- 1 centimeter.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Margins
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Blue lines along each edge of the page represent the location of the print margins, the non-printable area of the page is also gray.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Proof sheet grid
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- When the layout is set to Proof sheet, each proof location is indicated with a red rectangle.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Rememberprintsettings"><title>
- Remember print settings
- </title>
- <para>
- Enable this check box to retain the current settings as the default for the print dialog. This option only retains the settings when a print operation is started by activating the print button. In addition, only the settings relevant to the current print operation will be retained.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Printbutton"><title>
- Print button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate the print button to start the print job, the dialog will change to display the progress as images are sent to the selected print destination.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Cancelbutton"><title>
- Cancel button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate this button to close the print dialog, no printing will be performed.
- </para>
- <para/></section></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuidePrinting">\r
+ <title>Printing</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To print an image select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>File</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The print dialog includes tabs that group related printing options, a preview pane, and a Print and Cancel button.</para>\r
+ <section id="Layouttab">\r
+ <title>Layout tab</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Source</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>This selects the group of images to use for print output.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file with the focus.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Selection</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The files selected in the main window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>All</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>All files listed in the main window.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Layout</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Select one image per page, or a Proof sheet that will print multiple images per page.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>When print one image per page, the size of the image in relation to the available print area.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Proof size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>When printing a Proof sheet, the size of each image in Units (see Paper tab).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Texttab">\r
+ <title>Text tab</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Name</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Include the file name below each image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Path</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Include the full path of the file below each image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Date</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Include the file date below each image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Include the file size below each image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Dimensions</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Include the source image's pixel width and height below each image.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Font size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The font size to use for the text description of each image, in points.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Papertab">\r
+ <title>Paper tab</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Format</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The size of the paper in the printer's paper tray. Many common sizes are provided, however if the paper size is not listed selected the Custom format and enter the paper size in Size below.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Size</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The size of the selected paper format, in Units (below). These numbers can be changed when the paper Format is Custom.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Units</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Select the units for Geeqie to use when conveying measurements of length for paper size, margins, and images sizes to the user.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Orientation</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Select portrait or landscape print output.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Margins</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>These values specify the size of the paper edges not to be included in the print region, in Units (above).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Printertab">\r
+ <title>Printer tab</title>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Destination</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Use this to select the destination of the print output.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Default printer</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Prints to the system default printer.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Custom printer</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Prints to the printer using the command defined in Custom printer (below).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Postscript file</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Writes using the postscript format to named File (below).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Image file</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Writes using the selected File format (below) to named File (below).</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Custom printer</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The command to use when Destination is selected as Custom printer. For convenience, the drop down list includes printers available for use by the printing subsystem.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The file to use for output when Destination is Postscript file or Image file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>File format</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The image format to use when Destination is Image file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>DPI</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Abbreviation for Dots Per Inch. When the Destination is a printer or postscript file, this defines the maximum DPI to use when outputting image data. For example if the Destination printer is only capable of 600 DPI, but the resulting image to print is 1200 DPI, Geeqie will scale the image down to 600 DPI before sending it to the printer. This can greatly reduce the size of a print job when printing Proof Sheets or very large images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Preview">\r
+ <title>Preview</title>\r
+ <para>The preview displays a small version of the output that will result with the current settings. The preview will update whenever a setting is changed that will effect the print output.</para>\r
+ <para>The preview will indicate the number of pages that will be printed, to see a preview of a specific page change to that page by activating the left or right arrow buttons located below the preview.</para>\r
+ <para>The size of the preview can be changed using the three zoom buttons located below the preview.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The preview includes several reference lines that are\r
+ <emphasis role="i">not included</emphasis>\r
+ in the final print:\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Reference grid</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Light gray lines that form a grid over the entire page, the spacing between these lines is dependent on the current measurement unit:</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Inch</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>1 inch.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Points</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>72 points.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Centimeters or Millimeters</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>1 centimeter.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Margins</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Blue lines along each edge of the page represent the location of the print margins, the non-printable area of the page is also gray.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Proof sheet grid</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>When the layout is set to Proof sheet, each proof location is indicated with a red rectangle.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Rememberprintsettings">\r
+ <title>Remember print settings</title>\r
+ <para>Enable this check box to retain the current settings as the default for the print dialog. This option only retains the settings when a print operation is started by activating the print button. In addition, only the settings relevant to the current print operation will be retained.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Printbutton">\r
+ <title>Print button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate the print button to start the print job, the dialog will change to display the progress as images are sent to the selected print destination.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Cancelbutton">\r
+ <title>Cancel button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to close the print dialog, no printing will be performed.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideReference">
- <title>
- Reference
- </title>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceCommandLine.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceThumbnails.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceManagement.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceToolbar.xml"/>
-<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceLua.xml"/>
-
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideReference">\r
+ <title>Reference</title>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceCommandLine.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceThumbnails.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceMetadata.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceLua.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceConfig.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceLIRC.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceStandards.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideReferenceSupportedFormats.xml" />\r
+ <para />\r
+</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceCommandLine">
- <title>
- Command Line Options
- </title>
- <para>
- These are the command line options available to Geeqie:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Short Option
- </entry><entry>
- Long Option
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- +t
- </entry><entry>
- --with-tools
- </entry><entry>
- Show file list, menu, and statusbar.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -t
- </entry><entry>
- --without-tools
- </entry><entry>
- Hide file list, menu, and statusbar. Window contains image only.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -f
- </entry><entry>
- --fullscreen
- </entry><entry>
- Start up in fullscreen.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -s
- </entry><entry>
- --slideshow
- </entry><entry>
- Start up in slideshow mode.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -l [filelist] [collectionlist]
- </entry><entry>
- --list [filelist] [collectionlist]
- </entry><entry>
- Open collection window containing images specified on the command line. Any collections on the command line will also be appended to this collection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --blank
- </entry><entry>
- Start with file list blank.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --geometry=<w>x<h>+<x>+<y>
- </entry><entry>
- Set the <width> <height> <xoffset> <yoffset> of the window. The parameters are in pixels.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -r
- </entry><entry>
- --remote
- </entry><entry>
- Send command line options to existing Geeqie process.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -rh
- </entry><entry>
- --remote-help
- </entry><entry>
- List command line options available to --remote.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -h
- </entry><entry>
- --help
- </entry><entry>
- Display brief command line option list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -v
- </entry><entry>
- --version
- </entry><entry>
- Display version of Geeqie.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --debug[=<level>]
- </entry><entry>
- Turn on debugging output (when compiled with Debug enabled). <level> is 0 to 4.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --alternate
- </entry><entry>
- Use alternate similarity algorithm - experimental - requires re-compile.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para/><section id="Remotecommands"><title>
- Remote commands
- </title>
- <para>
- The --remote command line option will send all entered commands to an existing Geeqie process, a new process will be started if one does not exist. These are the additional commands that can be used with the remote command:
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Short Option
- </entry><entry>
- Long Option
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -n
- </entry><entry>
- --next
- </entry><entry>
- Change main window to display next image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -b
- </entry><entry>
- --back
- </entry><entry>
- Change main window to display previous image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --first
- </entry><entry>
- Change main window to display first image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --last
- </entry><entry>
- Change main window to display last image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -f
- </entry><entry>
- --fullscreen
- </entry><entry>
- Toggle full screen mode of the main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -fs
- </entry><entry>
- --fullscreen-start
- </entry><entry>
- Start full screen mode for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -fS
- </entry><entry>
- --fullscreen-stop
- </entry><entry>
- Stop full screen mode for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -s
- </entry><entry>
- --slideshow
- </entry><entry>
- Toggle slide show for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -ss
- </entry><entry>
- --slideshow-start
- </entry><entry>
- Start slide show for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -sS
- </entry><entry>
- --slideshow-stop
- </entry><entry>
- Stop slide show for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --slideshow-recurse:<folder>
- </entry><entry>
- Start recursive slide show for <folder> in main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -d<[n][.m]>
- </entry><entry>
- --delay=<[n][.m]>
- </entry><entry>
- Set slide show delay to <[n][.m]> seconds, range is 0.1 to 3600
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- +t
- </entry><entry>
- --tools-show
- </entry><entry>
- Show tools for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -t
- </entry><entry>
- --tools-hide
- </entry><entry>
- Hide tools for main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -q
- </entry><entry>
- --quit
- </entry><entry>
- Quit Geeqie.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --config-load:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Load configuration from <file>.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --get-sidecars:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Get list of sidecars of <file>.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --get-destination:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Get destination path of <file>. This is used by the symlink desktop file to implement the symbolic link operation. There is no useful function for the user.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- file:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Change main window to display <file>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- view:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Open new window containing <file>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --list-clear
- </entry><entry>
- Clear command line collection list
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- --list-add:<file>
- </entry><entry>
- Add <file> to command line collection list
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry/><entry>
- raise
- </entry><entry>
- Bring the geeqie window to the top
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceCommandLine">\r
+ <title>Command Line Options</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie is called by the command:\r
+ <programlisting>geeqie [options] [path_to_file]</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>These are the command line options available to Geeqie:</para>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <tgroup cols="3" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <thead rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row >\r
+ <entry>Short Option</entry>\r
+ <entry>Long Option</entry>\r
+ <entry>Description</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </thead>\r
+ <tbody rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>+t</entry>\r
+ <entry>--with-tools</entry>\r
+ <entry>Show file list, menu, and statusbar.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-t</entry>\r
+ <entry>--without-tools</entry>\r
+ <entry>Hide file list, menu, and statusbar. Window contains image only.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-f</entry>\r
+ <entry>--fullscreen</entry>\r
+ <entry>Start up in fullscreen.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-s</entry>\r
+ <entry>--slideshow</entry>\r
+ <entry>Start up in slideshow mode.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-l [filelist] [collectionlist]</entry>\r
+ <entry>--list [filelist] [collectionlist]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Open collection window containing images specified on the command line. Any collections on the command line will also be appended to this collection.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--blank</entry>\r
+ <entry>Start with file list blank.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--geometry=<w>x<h>+<x>+<y></entry>\r
+ <entry>Set the <width> <height> <xoffset> <yoffset> of the window. The parameters are in pixels.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-r</entry>\r
+ <entry>--remote</entry>\r
+ <entry>Send command line options to existing Geeqie process.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-rh</entry>\r
+ <entry>--remote-help</entry>\r
+ <entry>List command line options available to --remote.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-h</entry>\r
+ <entry>--help</entry>\r
+ <entry>Display brief command line option list.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-v</entry>\r
+ <entry>--version</entry>\r
+ <entry>Display version of Geeqie.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--debug[=<level>]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Turn on debugging output (when compiled with Debug enabled). <level> is 0 to 4.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--alternate</entry>\r
+ <entry>Use alternate similarity algorithm - experimental - requires re-compile.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Remotecommands">\r
+ <title>Remote commands</title>\r
+ <para>The --remote command line option will send all entered commands to an existing Geeqie process, a new process will be started if one does not exist. These are the additional commands that can be used with the remote command:</para>\r
+ <table frame="all">
+ <tgroup cols="3" rowsep="1" colsep="1">
+ <thead rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Short Option</entry>\r
+ <entry>Long Option</entry>\r
+ <entry>Description</entry>\r
+ </row></thead>\r
+ <tbody> <row>\r
+ <entry>-n</entry>\r
+ <entry>--next</entry>\r
+ <entry>Change main window to display next image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-b</entry>\r
+ <entry>--back</entry>\r
+ <entry>Change main window to display previous image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--first</entry>\r
+ <entry>Change main window to display first image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--last</entry>\r
+ <entry>Change main window to display last image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-f</entry>\r
+ <entry>--fullscreen</entry>\r
+ <entry>Toggle full screen mode of the main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-fs</entry>\r
+ <entry>--fullscreen-start</entry>\r
+ <entry>Start full screen mode for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-fS</entry>\r
+ <entry>--fullscreen-stop</entry>\r
+ <entry>Stop full screen mode for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-s</entry>\r
+ <entry>--slideshow</entry>\r
+ <entry>Toggle slide show for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-ss</entry>\r
+ <entry>--slideshow-start</entry>\r
+ <entry>Start slide show for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-sS</entry>\r
+ <entry>--slideshow-stop</entry>\r
+ <entry>Stop slide show for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--slideshow-recurse:<folder></entry>\r
+ <entry>Start recursive slide show for <folder> in main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-d<[n][.m]></entry>\r
+ <entry>--delay=<[n][.m]></entry>\r
+ <entry>Set slide show delay to <[n][.m]> seconds, range is 0.1 to 3600</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>+t</entry>\r
+ <entry>--tools-show</entry>\r
+ <entry>Show tools for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-t</entry>\r
+ <entry>--tools-hide</entry>\r
+ <entry>Hide tools for main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>-q</entry>\r
+ <entry>--quit</entry>\r
+ <entry>Quit Geeqie.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--config-load:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Load configuration from <file>.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--get-sidecars:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Get list of sidecars of <file>.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--get-destination:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Get destination path of <file>. This is used by the symlink desktop file to implement the symbolic link operation. There is no useful function for the user.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>file:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Change main window to display <file></entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>view:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Open new window containing <file></entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--list-clear</entry>\r
+ <entry>Clear command line collection list</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>--list-add:<file></entry>\r
+ <entry>Add <file> to command line collection list</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>raise</entry>\r
+ <entry>Bring the geeqie window to the top</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceConfig"><title/>
- <para>
- ($HOME)/.config/geeqie/geeqierc.xml
- </para>
- <para>
- FIXME: Exiv2 keys, toolbar, statusbar, sidebar
- </para>
- <para>
- geeqie -r --config-load:
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceConfig">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceConfig">Configuration Files and Locations</title>\r
+ <para>The following data lists the locations Geeqie uses for various actions. The uppercase symbols are environment variables. If they are not set on your system the fallback locations are listed in parentheses.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Most of Geeqie's configuration files are contained in the folder, and sub-folders of:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">$HOME/$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/geeqie/</programlisting>\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">($~/.config/geeqie/)</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie's standard configuration file is:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">.../geeqierc.xml</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ An alternative configuration file may be used by executing:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">geeqie -r --config-load:<filename></programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie-created desktop files used by\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">External Editors</link>\r
+ are in the folder:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">.../applications</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Lua script files for\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceLua">Lua Extensions</link>\r
+ are in the folder:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">.../lua</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Historic data such as last several folders visited, bookmarks, and recently used collections, as well as default print settings are contained in this text file:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">.../history</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Keyboard shortcut maps are contained in this text file:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">.../accels</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The default location for Collections is in the folder:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">$HOME/.local/share/geeqie/collections</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The lirc\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceLIRC" endterm="titleGuideReferenceLIRC" />\r
+ configuration file must be located at:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">$HOME/.lircrc</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Thumbnails are stored in a location specified in\r
+ <link linkend="PreferencesThumbnails">Thumbnail Preferences</link>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Metadata is stored either in the image file or in the location specified in\r
+ <link linkend="Delete">Safe Delete</link>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The safe delete folder is specified in the\r
+ <link linkend="MetadataWritingProcess">Metadata</link>\r
+ tab of main Preferences\r
+ </para>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts">
- <para>
- FIXME: do we need this? The list of hotkeys is available in the preferences dialog.
- </para>
- <title>
- Keyboard Shortcuts
- </title>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody><row><entry>
- Shortcut
- </entry><entry>
- Mouse
- </entry><entry>
- Action
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Image Navigation</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/PageDown">PageDown?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Left Click on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Mouse Wheel down [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Change to next image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/PageUp">PageUp?</ulink>
- </entry><entry>
- Middle Click on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Mouse Wheel up [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Change to previous image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Home
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to first image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- End
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to last image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Image panning</emphasis> (image has keyboard focus)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Arrows
- </entry><entry>
- Left Drag on image view<?db2html element="br"?>
- Shift + Mouse Wheel [<ulink url="/wiki#bottomnote1">(*)</ulink>]
- </entry><entry>
- Pan image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Pan Image faster.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Pan to respective edge of image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Space
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to next image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Backspace
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Change to previous image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">File Menu</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + N
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- New Window
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- C
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open a new empty collection window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- O
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Display open collection dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- F3
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open new search window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- D
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open new Find Duplicates window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + P
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open print dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + F
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Create new folder in current path.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + C
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + M
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + R
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Rename selected images, opens rename dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + DDelete
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Delete selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Close window, Geeqie exits when last window is closed.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Q
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Quit Geeqie.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Edit Menu</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + 1 ... 0
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Run external edit command on selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + A
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Shift + A
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Unselect all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + P
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open image properties window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + O
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open Geeqie preferences window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- ]
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Rotate image clockwise 90 degrees.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- [
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Rotate image counterclockwise 90 degree.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + R
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Rotate image 180 degrees.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + M
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Flip image horizontally (mirror).
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + F
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Flip image vertically.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">View Menu</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- +, =
- </entry><entry>
- Ctrl + Mouse Wheel up
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom image in.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- -
- </entry><entry>
- Ctrl + Mouse Wheel down
- </entry><entry>
- Zoom image out.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Z
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Reset zoom to original size (1:1).
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- X
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Fit image to window size.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Zoom image to fit window width.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- H
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Zoom image to fit window height.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 1
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 1:1
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 2
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 2:1
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 3
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 3:1
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 4
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 4:1
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 7
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 1:4
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 8
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 1:3
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 9
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Set zoom to 1:2
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- T
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle display of thumbnails when in list view.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + L
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Display file list as detailed list view.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + I
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Display file list as icon view.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + T
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle folder display between list and tree views.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- R
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Refresh file list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- L
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle floating of file display.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + H
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle hiding of file display.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + E
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle EXIF sidebar.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + S
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle Sort Manager sidebar.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + K
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle Keywords sidebar.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- FV
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle full screen.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- I
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle information overlay in full screen.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- S
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle slideshow.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- P
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle pause of slideshow.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <-3 class="shortcuts-separator"> <emphasis role="strong">Help Menu</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- F1
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open User Manual in browser.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <-3 class="shortcuts-separator"> <emphasis role="strong">Collection Window</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move selection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Shift + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select multiple images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Arrows
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move focus without changing selection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <ulink url="/wiki/SpaceBar">SpaceBar?</ulink>
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select only image with focus.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + <ulink url="/wiki/SpaceBar">SpaceBar?</ulink>
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle selection of image with focus.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Home
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move focus to first image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- End
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move focus to last image.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + A
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + Shift + A
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Unselect all images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Delete
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Remove selected image from collection, does not delete image from disk.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + L
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Add images from main window's file list.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + T
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Toggle display of icon filenames.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- N
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Sort collection by name.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- D
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Sort collection by file date.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- B
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Sort collection by file size.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- P
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Sort collection by file path.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- I
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Sort collection by natural numerical order.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Enter
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- View image with focus in main window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- V
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- View image with focus in new window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + 1 ... 0
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Run external edit command on selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- S
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Save collection.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + S
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Save collection as, opens destination dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- A
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Append to collection, opens append dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + C
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + M
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + R
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Rename selected images, opens rename dialog.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + D
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Delete selected images.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + P
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open image properties window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Ctrl + W
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Close collection window.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <-3 class="shortcuts-separator"> <emphasis role="strong">Find Duplicates Window</emphasis> (same as Collection Window above, with the following additions)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 1
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select group 1 duplicates.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- 2
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Select group 2 duplicates.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- C
- </entry><entry/><entry>
- Open new collection window and add selected images.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para>
- (*) Note: Default Mouse wheel functions can be altered by changing the <link linkend="GuideOptionsAdvanced">Mouse wheel scrolls image?</link> option.
- </para>
- <para/></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts">\r
+ <para>\r
+ The table below shows the defaults for keyboard shortcuts. The current settings for all shortcuts may be found in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsKeyboard" endterm="titleGuideOptionsKeyboard" />\r
+ dialogue.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts">Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts</title>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <title>Default keyboard shortcuts</title>\r
+ <tgroup cols="3" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <thead>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Shortcut</entry>\r
+ <entry>Mouse</entry>\r
+ <entry>Action</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </thead>\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row colsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Image Navigation</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>PageDown</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Left Click</code>\r
+ ,\r
+ <para />\r
+ <code>Mouse Wheel down</code>\r
+ <footnote id='ref1'>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Default Mouse wheel functions can be altered by changing the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsBehavior">Mouse wheel scrolls image</link>\r
+ option.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </footnote>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Change to next image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>PageUp</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Middle Click</code>\r
+ ,\r
+ <para />\r
+ <code>Mouse Wheel up</code>\r
+ <footnoteref linkend='ref1' />\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Change to previous image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Home</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Change to first image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>End</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Change to last image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Space</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Change to next image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Backspace</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Change to previous image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Image viewing</emphasis>\r
+ (image has keyboard focus)\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Arrow key</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Left click and Drag</code>\r
+ <footnoteref linkend='ref1' />\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Pan image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + Arrows</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Pan Image faster.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Ctrl + Arrow key</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Pan to respective edge of image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + right-click</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Smooth scroll</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>]</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rotate image clockwise 90 degrees.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>[</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rotate image counterclockwise 90 degree.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + R</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rotate image 180 degrees.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + M</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Flip image horizontally (mirror).</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + F</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Flip image vertically.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>+</keycap>\r
+ ,\r
+ <keycap>=</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Ctrl + Mouse Wheel up</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom image in.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>-</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Ctrl + Mouse Wheel down</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom image out.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Z</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Reset zoom to original size (1:1).</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>X</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Fit image to window size.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>W</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Zoom image to fit window width.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>H</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Zoom image to fit window height.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>1</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 1:1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>2</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 2:1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>3</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 3:1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>4</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 4:1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>7</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 1:4</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>8</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 1:3</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>9</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Set zoom to 1:2</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">File Menu</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>N</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>New Window</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open a new empty collection window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Display open collection dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>F3</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open new search window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Shift +\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open print dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>F</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Create new folder in current path.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>M</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rename selected images, opens rename dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Delete selected images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>W</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Close window, Geeqie exits when last window is closed.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>Q</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Quit Geeqie.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Edit Menu</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>O</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open Geeqie preferences window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Save metadata</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Select Menu</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>1</keycap>\r
+ ...\r
+ <keycap>6</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle mark 1 ... 6</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>1</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ ...\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>6</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select mark 1 ... 6</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>A</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select all images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl + SHIFT +\r
+ <keycap>A</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Unselect all images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">View Menu</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>T</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle display of thumbnails when in list view.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Display file list as detailed list view.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>I</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Display file list as icon view.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>T</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle folder display between list and tree views.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Refresh file list.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle floating of file display.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>H</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle hiding of file display.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>E</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle EXIF sidebar.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Shift +\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle Sort Manager sidebar.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>K</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle Keywords sidebar.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>V</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle full screen.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>I</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle information overlay.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle slideshow.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Help Menu</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>F1</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open User Manual in browser.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Collection Window</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Arrows</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move selection.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Shift + Arrow key</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select multiple images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Ctrl + Arrow</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move focus without changing selection.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Space</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select only image with focus.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>Ctrl + Space</code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle selection of image with focus.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Home</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move focus to first image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>End</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move focus to last image.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>A</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select all images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl + Shift +\r
+ <keycap>A</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Unselect all images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Delete</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Remove selected image from collection, does not delete image from disk.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>L</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Add images from main window's file list.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>T</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Toggle display of icon filenames.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>N</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Sort collection by name.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Sort collection by file date.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>B</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Sort collection by file size.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Sort collection by file path.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>I</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Sort collection by natural numerical order.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>Enter</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>View image with focus in main window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>V</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>View image with focus in new window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>1</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ ...\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>0</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Run external edit command on selected images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Save collection.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Save collection as, opens destination dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>A</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Append to collection, opens append dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>M</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>R</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Rename selected images, opens rename dialog.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>D</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Delete selected images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>P</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open image properties window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <code>\r
+ Ctrl +\r
+ <keycap>W</keycap>\r
+ </code>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Close collection window.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row rowsep="0">\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <anchor id="FindDuplicatesWindow" />\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry colsep="0">\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Find Duplicates Window</emphasis>\r
+ (same as Collection Window above, with the following additions)\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ <entry colsep="0" />\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>1</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select group 1 duplicates.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>2</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Select group 2 duplicates.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <keycap>C</keycap>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry />\r
+ <entry>Open new collection window and add selected images.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceLIRC">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceLIRC">Infra-red controller</title>\r
+ <para>Recent Linux kernels have in-built support for ir devices, making lirc support redundant.</para>\r
+ <para>If you wish to use lirc with Geeqie, the lirc libraries must be installed. If you are compiling from sources, lirc functionality will be available if the library dependencies are met.</para>\r
+ <para>If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The website\r
+ <ulink url="http://www.lirc.org">Linux Infrared Remote Control</ulink>\r
+ has detailed information on this subject.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ You will need to create a configuration file for the controller you will use. This file must be installed at the location specified in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig" endterm="titleGuideReferenceConfig" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Here is an excerpt from an .lircrc file:\r
+ <programlisting>\r
+ begin geeqie\r
+ begin\r
+ prog = geeqie\r
+ button = vol_up\r
+ config = ZOOM_IN 1\r
+ repeat = 3\r
+ end\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The commands Geeqie will respond to are:</para>\r
+ <table frame="all">\r
+ <tgroup cols="2" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <thead rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Command</entry>\r
+ <entry>Mapped to</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </thead>\r
+ <tbody rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>DOWN [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Pan down by the specified amount. Default=1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>EXIT</entry>\r
+ <entry>Exit Geeqie</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>FIRST</entry>\r
+ <entry>Jump to first image</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>INFO</entry>\r
+ <entry>Show image overlay (full screen only)</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>LAST</entry>\r
+ <entry>Jump to last image</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>LEFT [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Pan left by the specified amount. Default=1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>NEXT</entry>\r
+ <entry>Go to next image</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>PAUSE</entry>\r
+ <entry>Pause/unpause slideshow</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>PREV</entry>\r
+ <entry>Go to previous image</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>RIGHT [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Pan right by the specified amount. Default=1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>ROTATE_90 ]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise. .</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>ROTATE_90_CC</entry>\r
+ <entry>Rotate image 90 degrees counter-clockwise..</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>SET_INV_ZOOM [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Set Zoom level to 1:N. Default=1x</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>SET_ZOOM [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Set Zoom level to N:1. Default=1x</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>UP [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Pan up by the specified amount. Default=1</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>ZOOM_IN [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom in. Value specifies the amount of zoom.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>ZOOM_MAX ]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom to fit image to window</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>ZOOM_OUT [int]</entry>\r
+ <entry>Zoom out. Value specifies the amount of zoom.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para />\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceLua">
- <title>
- Lua Extensions
- </title><para>Lua scripts allow the functionality of Geeqie to be extended. Lua scripts may only be used in conjunction with the Overlay Screen Display.
- </para><para/>
- <para>Some knowledge of the Lua programming language is required.</para>
- <section id="Requirements"><title>Requirements</title><para>Use of Lua within Geeqie requires Lua 5.1 to be installed. If you are compiling from sources, Lua functionality will be available if the development files dependencies are met.</para>
- <para>If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer.</para></section>
- <section id="HowToUseLua"><title>How to use Lua</title><para>Lua scripts must be stored in a single folder:<programlisting>
- ~/.config/geeqie/lua/</programlisting></para>
- <para>A link to a Lua script must be inserted into the overlay template. Refer to the Overlay Screen Display section of <link linkend="GuideOptionsWindow">Window Options</link>.</para>
- <para>The full extent of the Lua language is available.</para></section>
- <section id="GeeqieBuiltIn Functions"><title>Geeqie Lua built-in functions
- </title><para>The following functions are built in to Geeqie:</para><para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Function</emphasis>
- </entry><entry>
- <emphasis role="strong">Returns</emphasis>
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_path()
- </entry><entry>
- The full path of the file, including filename and extension
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_name()
- </entry><entry>
- The full filename including extension
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_extension
- </entry><entry>
- The file extension including preceeding dot
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_date()
- </entry><entry>
- The file date in Unix timestamp format.
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_size()
- </entry><entry>
- The file size in bytes
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- Image:get_exif()
- </entry><entry>
- A data structure containing the entire exif data
- </entry></row>
- <row><entry>
- <exif_str>:get_datum("<exif_tag>")
- </entry><entry>
- A single exif tag extracted from a structure output by the above command
- </entry></row>
- </tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- </para><para>The keyword "Image" refers to the file currently being displayed by Geeqie.</para></section>
- <section id="Examples"><title>Examples
- </title><para>The following example, which outputs the jpeg comment of a file, demonstrates the use of a built-in function and how to call a system command from a Lua script:<programlisting>
---Retrieve the jpeg comment of a file
-path=Image:get_path()
-commentfile=io.popen("exiv2 -p c \"" .. path .. "\"" )
-comment = commentfile:read("*a")
-commentfile:close()
-return (comment)</programlisting></para>
- <para>Note that it is necessary to have escape characters surrounding path and filenames.</para>
- <para>The following example demonstrates how to extract exif data from a file:<programlisting>
---Retrieve the DateTimeDigitized exif tag
-exif_structure = Image:get_exif();
-DateTimeDigitized = exif_structure:get_datum("Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized");
-return (os.date(DateTimeDigitized))
- </programlisting></para></section>
- <section id="Warning"><title>Warning
- </title><para>Lua is a powerful programming language. Errors in script files, besides having undesirable side-effects, may cause Geeqie to crash.</para></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceLua">\r
+ <title>Lua Extensions</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Lua scripts allow the functionality of Geeqie to be extended. Lua scripts may only be used in conjunction with the\r
+ <link linkend="OverlayScreenDisplay">Overlay Screen Display</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para>Some knowledge of the Lua programming language is required.</para>\r
+ <section id="Requirements">\r
+ <title>Requirements</title>\r
+ <para>Use of Lua within Geeqie requires Lua to be installed. If you are compiling from sources, Lua functionality will be available if the development files dependencies are met.</para>\r
+ <para>If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="HowToUseLua">\r
+ <title>How to use Lua</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Lua scripts must be stored in a single folder as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig" endterm="titleGuideReferenceConfig" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A link to a Lua script must be inserted into the overlay template. Refer to the\r
+ <link linkend="OverlayScreenDisplay">Overlay Screen Display</link>\r
+ section of Window Options.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The full extent of the Lua language is available.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="GeeqieBuiltIn Functions">\r
+ <title>Geeqie Lua built-in functions</title>\r
+ <para>The following functions are built in to Geeqie:</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <informaltable>\r
+ <tgroup cols="2">\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Function</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Returns</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_path()</entry>\r
+ <entry>The full path of the file, including filename and extension</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_name()</entry>\r
+ <entry>The full filename including extension</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_extension</entry>\r
+ <entry>The file extension including preceeding dot</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_date()</entry>\r
+ <entry>The file date in Unix timestamp format.</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_size()</entry>\r
+ <entry>The file size in bytes</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>Image:get_exif()</entry>\r
+ <entry>A data structure containing the entire exif data</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry><exif_str>:get_datum("<exif_tag>")</entry>\r
+ <entry>A single exif tag extracted from a structure output by the above command</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </informaltable>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The keyword "Image" refers to the file currently being displayed by Geeqie.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Examples">\r
+ <title>Examples</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The following example, which outputs the jpeg comment of a file, demonstrates the use of a built-in function and how to call a system command from a Lua script:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ path=Image:get_path()\r
+ commentfile=io.popen("exiv2 -p c \"" .. path .. "\"" )\r
+ comment = commentfile:read("*a")\r
+ commentfile:close()\r
+ return (comment)\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Note that it is necessary to have escape characters surrounding path and filenames.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The following example demonstrates how to extract exif data from a file:\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ --Retrieve the DateTimeDigitized exif tag\r
+ exif_structure = Image:get_exif();\r
+ DateTimeDigitized = exif_structure:get_datum("Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized");\r
+ return (os.date(DateTimeDigitized))\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Warning">\r
+ <title>Warning</title>\r
+ <warning><para>Lua is a powerful programming language. Errors in script files, besides having undesirable side-effects, may cause Geeqie to crash.</para></warning>\r
+ </section>\r
</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceManagement">
- <title>
- Cache and Data Maintenance
- </title>
- <para>
- Thumbnails and other cached data can be maintained from the dialog accessible by selecting Thumbnail maintenance from the Edit menu of the main window.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Geeqiethumbnailcache"><title>
- Geeqie thumbnail cache
- </title>
- <para>
- The utilities listed here operate on the Geeqie caching mechanism. This also includes the data cached for the <link linkend="GuideImageSearchSearch">search</link> and <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link> utilities.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clean up
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes thumbnails and data for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clear cache
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes all thumbnails and data stored in the user's home folder: $HOME/.geeqie/thumbnails.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Sharedthumbnailcache"><title>
- Shared thumbnail cache
- </title>
- <para>
- The utilities listed here operate on the shared thumbnail mechanism.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clean up
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes thumbnails for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clear cache
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes all thumbnails stored in the user's home folder: $HOME/.thumbnails.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Createthumbnails"><title>
- Create thumbnails
- </title>
- <para>
- This utility will render thumbnails using the current thumbnail caching mechanism, as determined in <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">preferences</link>.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Render
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Pre-render thumbnails for a specific folder, the utility has the following options:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Include subfolders
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Enable to include all images contained in the subfolders of folder.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Store thumbnails local to source images
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The generated thumbnails will be stored local to the source images, if you have the permissions to write to the folder containing the images.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Metadata"><title>
- Metadata
- </title>
- <para>
- This utility operates on the data store for <link linkend="GuideSidebarsKeywords">keywords and comments?</link> located in the user's home folder: $HOME/.geeqie/metadata.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Clean up
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Removes keywords and comments for which the source image is no longer present.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Filelocations"><title>
- File locations
- </title>
- <para>
- The various file locations and their use are listed below. <emphasis role="i">&lt;HOME&gt;</emphasis> refers to your home folder and <emphasis role="i">&lt;SOURCE&gt;</emphasis> refers to the folder containing the image.
- </para>
- <informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry>
- Folder or File name
- </entry><entry>
- Description
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Thumbnails
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.thumbnails
- </entry><entry>
- Shared thumbnail cache folder.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/thumbnails
- </entry><entry>
- Classic Geeqie thumbnail cache folder. Also used to cache data used for the search and find duplicates utilities to increase the speed for subsequent searches.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><SOURCE>/.</emphasis>thumbnails
- </entry><entry>
- Local thumbnail cache folder.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Metadata (keywords and comments)
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/metadata
- </entry><entry>
- Metadata stored in user's home folder.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><SOURCE></emphasis>/.metadata
- </entry><entry>
- Metadata stored local to source image. Requires option to be enabled in advanced preferences.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Collections
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/collections
- </entry><entry>
- Default location for Geeqie collections, collections in this folder will appear in the <link linkend="GuideSidebarsSortManager">sort manager</link> sidebar.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Preferences
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie
- </entry><entry>
- Geeqie preferences folder.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/geeqierc
- </entry><entry>
- Geeqie preferences rc file.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/history
- </entry><entry>
- Historic data such as last several folders visited, bookmarks, and recently used collections. Also contains default print settings.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/accels
- </entry><entry>
- Keyboard shortcut mapping.
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- Safe Delete
- </entry></row>
-<row><entry>
- <emphasis role="i"><HOME></emphasis>/.geeqie/trash
- </entry><entry>
- Default location of the safe delete folder.
- </entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceManagement">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceManagement">Cache and Data Maintenance</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Thumbnails and other cached data can be maintained from the dialog accessible by selecting\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Thumbnail Maintenance</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Geeqiethumbnailcache">\r
+ <title>Geeqie thumbnail cache</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The utilities listed here operate on the Geeqie caching mechanism. This also includes the data cached for the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchSearch">search</link>\r
+ and\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">find duplicates</link>\r
+ utilities.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clean up</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes thumbnails and data for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clear cache</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Removes all thumbnails and data stored in the user's home folder:\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.cache/.geeqie/thumbnails</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Sharedthumbnailcache">\r
+ <title>Shared thumbnail cache</title>\r
+ <para>The utilities listed here operate on the shared thumbnail mechanism.</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clean up</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes thumbnails for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clear cache</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Removes all thumbnails stored in the user's home folder:\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.thumbnails</programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Createthumbnails">\r
+ <title>Create thumbnails</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This utility will render thumbnails using the current thumbnail caching mechanism, as determined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">Preferences</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Render</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Pre-render thumbnails for a specific folder, the utility has the following options:</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Include subfolders</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Enable to include all images contained in the subfolders of folder.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Store thumbnails local to source images</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The generated thumbnails will be stored local to the source images, if you have the permissions to write to the folder containing the images.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Metadata">\r
+ <title>Metadata</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This utility operates on the data store for\r
+ <link linkend="MetadataWritingProcess">Metadata</link>\r
+ located in the folder:\r
+ <programlisting>$HOME/.local/share/Geeqie/metadata</programlisting>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Clean up</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Removes keywords and comments for which the source image is no longer present.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <para />\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceMetadata">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceMetadata">Metadata Processing</title>\r
+ <para>This section describes the metadata reading and writing process.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Metadatahandling">\r
+ <title>Metadata handling</title>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Readalgorithm">\r
+ <title>Read algorithm</title>\r
+ <orderedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Read Exif, IPTC and XMP from the file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Display this "raw" data in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsExif">Exif Window</link>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Read XMP sidecar or Geeqie private metadata file. This data will override the XMP data read from the file.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Synchronise XMP data with Exif and IPTC data. This process corresponds to the section "Reconciling metadata properties" as described in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards">XMP Specification</link>\r
+ .\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>detect which of Exif and Xmp.exif is newer and copy the data in the appropriate direction</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>detect which of IPTC and XMP is newer and copy the data in the appropriate direction</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Use this "processed" data within Geeqie, with the exception of in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsExif">Exif Window</link>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </orderedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Metadatamodification">\r
+ <title>Metadata modification</title>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Metadata is written to a single file or group of files as specified in the\r
+ <link linkend="MetadataMiscellaneous">Metadata</link>\r
+ tab of main Preferences.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Modifying the keywords, comment, orientation, etc. does not ask for confirmation, but immediately modifies the metadata in memory and adds the file to "write queue"</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Writing of the queued changes is triggered either\r
+ <link linkend="Buttons">manually</link>\r
+ or as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsMetadata" endterm="titleGuideOptionsMetadata" />. It is possible to review the changes and exclude selected files.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Writealgorithm">\r
+ <title>Write algorithm</title>\r
+ <orderedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Exif and IPTC are updated from XMP (for example\r
+ <emphasis>Exif.Image.Orientation</emphasis>\r
+ is updated from\r
+ <emphasis>Xmp.exif.orientation</emphasis>\r
+ ). See\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards">XMP</link>\r
+ and\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceStandards">IPTC4XMP</link>\r
+ specifications for the list of corresponding tags.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Try to write metadata in the order specified in the\r
+ <link linkend="MetadataWritingProcess" endterm="titleMetadataWritingProcess" />\r
+ section of Preferences.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>After the first successful write attempt delete old metadata files in all possible locations.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </orderedlist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Optionsthatinfluencestheprocess">\r
+ <title>Options that influence the process</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ File types with allowed sidecars are listed in the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsFiltering" endterm="titleGuideOptionsFiltering" />\r
+ tab of the main Preferences.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceStandards">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceStandards">Standards</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Desktop files:\r
+ <ulink url="https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html">https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html</ulink>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Desktop files:\r
+ <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/">http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/</ulink>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ XMP:\r
+ <ulink url="http://www.adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/xmp/pdfs/XMPSpecificationPart3.pdf" />\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ IPTC4XMP:\r
+ <ulink url="http://xml.coverpages.org/IPTC-CoreSchema200503-ImplGuideLines3.pdf" />\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Pango mark up:\r
+ <ulink url="https://developer.gnome.org/pango/stable/PangoMarkupFormat.html" />\r
+ </para>\r
+</section>\r
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceSupportedFormats">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideReferenceSupportedFormats">Supported File Formats</title>\r
+ <para>TBD\r
+ </para>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceThumbnails">
- <title>
- Thumbnails
- </title>
- <para>
- Note: This page only refers the Geeqie thumbnail caching mechanism, the shared thumbnail cache mechanism is not explained here.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Format"><title>
- Format
- </title>
- <para>
- Thumbnails are stored in PNG image format. The thumbnail name is the name of the source image with “.png” appended.
- </para>
- <para>
- The modification time (mtime) of the thumbnail is set to match the source file. Thumbnails are regenerated when the timestamps of the thumbnail and source file do not match.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Location"><title>
- Location
- </title>
- <para>
- Thumbnails are stored in:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>($HOME)/.geeqie/thumbnails</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- The directory structure of the thumbnail cache duplicates the location of the source files, for example a source file with the name:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>/path/to/image.jpg</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- will store the thumbnail in:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>($HOME)/.geeqie/thumbnails/path/to/image.jpg.png</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- When thumbnails are to be stored local to the source file, the thumbnail will be placed in:
- </para>
- <para>
- <literal>/path/to/.thumbnails/image.jpg.png</literal>
- </para>
- <para>
- Local thumbnail caching is enabled with the option “Cache thumbnails into .thumbnails” on the <link linkend="GuideOptionsGeneral">General</link> tab of the options dialog. If it is not possible to store the thumbnail local to the source file (usually due to no write permissions), Geeqie will fall back to saving the thumbnail in the user's ($HOME)/.geeqie/thumbnails folder.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Size"><title>
- Size
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie allows the following sizes for thumbnails:
- </para>
- <para>
- 24x24, 32x32, 48x48, 64x64, 96x72, 96x96, 129x96, 128x128, 160x120, 160x160, 192x144, 192x192, 256x192, 256x256
- </para>
- <para>
- The thumbnail is scaled to fit within the preferred size maintaining the aspect ratio. Thumbnails are not cached for images that are equal to or smaller than the preferred thumbnail size.
- </para>
- <para>
- When a cached thumbnail's width and height do not match the preferred size, the thumbnail is regenerated.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideReferenceThumbnails">\r
+ <title>Thumbnails</title>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>This page only refers the Geeqie thumbnail caching mechanism, the shared thumbnail cache mechanism is not explained here.</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Format">\r
+ <title>Format</title>\r
+ <para>Thumbnails are stored in PNG image format. The thumbnail name is the name of the source image with “.png” appended.</para>\r
+ <para>The modification time (mtime) of the thumbnail is set to match the source file. Thumbnails are regenerated when the timestamps of the thumbnail and source file do not match.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Location">\r
+ <title>Location</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Thumbnails are stored in a location specified in\r
+ <link linkend="PreferencesThumbnails">Thumbnail Preferences</link>\r
+ .\r
+\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The directory structure of the thumbnail cache duplicates that of the location of the source files.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Size">\r
+ <title>Size</title>\r
+ <para>Geeqie allows the following sizes for thumbnails:</para>\r
+ <para>24x24, 32x32, 48x48, 64x64, 96x72, 96x96, 129x96, 128x128, 160x120, 160x160, 192x144, 192x192, 256x192, 256x256</para>\r
+ <para>The thumbnail is scaled to fit within the preferred size maintaining the aspect ratio. Thumbnails are not cached for images that are equal to or smaller than the preferred thumbnail size.</para>\r
+ <para>When a cached thumbnail's width and height do not match the preferred size, the thumbnail is regenerated.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideReferenceToolbar">
- <title>
- Toolbar
- </title>
- <para/><section id="AddingIconsToToolbar"><title>How to set up new toolbar icons
- </title>
- <para>This section describes how to put additional icons on the toolbar.<para/>The functions these icons may initiate are as described in <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">External Editors</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Edit the toolbar section of the file geeqierc.xml to include a reference to the new icon:</para>
- <para><programlisting>
- <toolitem action = "new_icon_1.desktop" />
- </programlisting></para><para>
- Create a corresponding desktop file as described in <link linkend="GuideImageManagementExternalEditing">External Editors</link>.
- </para>
- <para/>
- <para>Within the desktop file it is recommended that two additional items are included:</para>
- <para><programlisting>Icon=new_icon_1.png</programlisting></para>
- <para>The icon displayed. If an icon is not defined, it is likely that the display of the entire toolbar will be distorted by additional text.</para>
- <para><programlisting>Comment=descriptive text</programlisting></para>
- <para>The tooltip text displayed when the mouse is hovered over the icon.</para>
- </section>
-</section>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<chapter id="GuideSidebars">
- <title>
- Sidebars
- </title>
- <para>
- A sidebar is a panel that appears next to an image, and displays additional information about the image.
- </para>
- <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebarsInfo.xml"/>
-<listitem><para>
- <link linkend="GuideSidebarsExif">EXIF sidebar?</link> - FIXME: obsolete
- </para></listitem><xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebarsSortManager.xml"/>
-<listitem><para>
- <link linkend="GuideSidebarsKeywords">Keywords sidebar?</link> - FIXME: obsolete
- </para></listitem>
- <para/></chapter>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<chapter id="GuideSidebars">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideSidebars">Sidebars</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ A sidebar is a panel that appears next to an\r
+ <link linkend="GuideMainWindowImagePane" endterm="titleGuideMainWindowImagePane" />\r
+ , and displays additional information about the image.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebarsInfo.xml" />\r
+ <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="GuideSidebarsSortManager.xml" />\r
+</chapter>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideSidebarsInfo">
- <title>
- Info Sidebar
- </title>
- <para>
- The Info Sidebar shows various information about the image and can also be used for metadata editing. It consists of panes. Left-clicking on the pane title expands or collapses the pane. Right-clicking on the pane title or on empty space opens a context menu allowing you to add and remove panes, or move them up and down.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Panes"><title>
- Panes
- </title>
- <para/><section id="Histogram"><title>
- Histogram
- </title>
- <para>
- Right-click to configure
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Textpanes-TitleComment"><title>
- Text panes - Title, Comment
- </title>
- <para>
- The text is written to Xmp.dc.title and Xmp.dc.description. It can be changed in the configuration file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Keywords"><title>
- Keywords
- </title>
- <para>
- FIXME: put <ulink url="/wiki/keywords">keywords?</ulink> here The text is written to Xmp.dc.subject. It can be changed in the configuration file.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Listpanes-ExifFileinfoCopyrightLocationandGPS"><title>
- List panes - Exif, File info, Copyright, Location and GPS
- </title>
- <para>
- The metadata tags are sorted into these main groups - Exif, File info, Copyright, Location and GPS, but it is just a matter of configuration. The item titles support drag and drop and can be dragged freely among these panes, it is also possible to drag new items from Advanced Exif window Right-clicking on an item opens the context menu
- </para>
- <para>
- Add entry
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Key
- </term><listitem><para>
- Exiv2 or Geeqie (formatted...) key FIXME: list of formatted... tags.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Title
- </term><listitem><para>
- Title that is shown.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Show only if set
- </term><listitem><para>
- Show only if the tag exists in the file.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Editable
- </term><listitem><para>
- Displays the value as editable.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- Note: Geeqie internally converts Exif and IPTC metadata to XMP on read and back on write, thus any changes made to Exif and IPTC here will be lost on write. Edit the corresponding XMP instead. An exception are Makernote tags which don't have an equivalent in XMP, but there is another limitation in that Makernote can't be written to an external file (sidecar or Geeqie private file).
- </para>
- <para>
- Show hidden
- </para>
- <blockquote>
- <para>
- Shows all entries regardless of "Show only if set".
- </para>
- </blockquote>
- <para/></section><section id="GPSMap"><title>
- GPS Map
- </title>
- <para>
- Geeqie must be built with libchamplain.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideSidebarsInfo">\r
+ <title>Info Sidebar</title>\r
+ <para>The Info Sidebar shows various information about the image and can also be used for metadata editing.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To toggle display of the Sort Manager select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>K</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Info Sidebar</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>It consists of several panes. Left-clicking on the pane title expands or collapses the pane. Right-clicking on the pane title or on empty space opens a context menu allowing you to add and remove panes, or move them up and down.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Histogram">\r
+ <title>Histogram</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This histogram is identical to that shown in the\r
+ <link linkend="InformationandhistogramOverlay" endterm="titleInformationandhistogramOverlay" />\r
+ . It can be configured by right-click to modify the display of color or linear/logarithmic scale.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="TextpaneTitle">\r
+ <title>Title</title>\r
+ >\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Title text is stored in the\r
+ <emphasis>Xmp.dc.title</emphasis>\r
+ tag.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="TextpaneComment">\r
+ <title>Comment</title>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Comment text is stored in the\r
+ <emphasis>Xmp.dc.description</emphasis>\r
+ tag.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Keywords">\r
+ <title id="titleKeywords">Keywords</title>\r
+ <para>Keywords, together with a flexible search tool, are essential for handling large image collections.</para>\r
+ <para>Geeqie has free-form keywords and a hierarchical method of adding new keywords to an image.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Keywords are stored in the\r
+ <emphasis>Xmp.dc.subject</emphasis>\r
+ tag.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Keywords are not case-sensitive unless selected as so in\r
+ <link linkend="MetadataMiscellaneous">Preferences</link>\r
+ </para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ <para>The Keyword pane in the sidebar consists of two sections:</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>The left hand section which is for free-form keywords</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>The right hand section which is a hierarchical structure, allowing sets of keywords to be added.</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The contents of the left-hand box is the data written to file.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The right-hand section has two types of entries :\r
+ <itemizedlist spacing="compact">\r
+ <listitem>Keywords</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Helpers</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ <para>An example of keyword hierarchy is:</para>\r
+ <programlisting xml:space="preserve">\r
+ [ ] animal\r
+ [ ] mammal\r
+ [ ] dog\r
+ [ ] cat\r
+ [ ] insect\r
+ [ ] fly\r
+ [ ] dragonfly\r
+ daytime\r
+ [ ] morning\r
+ [ ] afternoon\r
+ </programlisting>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ In this example\r
+ <emphasis>daytime</emphasis>\r
+ is a Helper, and all the others are keywords. Helpers are not stored in metadata - their purpose is only as an organisational aide.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ In the above example if\r
+ <emphasis>cat</emphasis>\r
+ is clicked, both\r
+ <emphasis>mammal</emphasis>\r
+ and\r
+ <emphasis>animal</emphasis>\r
+ will also automatically be checked, and all three transferred to the left hand box, ready for writing as metadata.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>If a hierarchy of keywords are checked, and the top-level item then un-checked, all lower level keywords will also be unchecked and will be removed from the left-hand pane.</para>\r
+ <warning>\r
+ <para>This action cannot be undone.</para>\r
+ </warning>\r
+ <para>Irrespective of their position in a hierarchy in the right-hand box, all keywords are written as individual entries into metadata. When metadata for an image is read in, Geeqie will attempt to recreate any hierarchies within the data, and display it accordingly in the right-hand box.</para>\r
+ <para>Right-click on the left-hand box allows the keywords to be written to the currently selected files - the keywords may be either added to the existing contents, or entirely replace the existing content.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Right-click on the right-hand box allows a connection to be made between a keyword and a mark. The\r
+ <link linkend="GuideImageMarks" endterm="titleGuideImageMarks" />\r
+ section shows how marks and keywords inter-operate.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The ordering of keywords in the right-hand box may be changed by drag-and-drop.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ The meta-data write operation for a file is triggered either\r
+ <link linkend="Buttons">manually</link>\r
+ or as defined in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOptionsMetadata" endterm="titleGuideOptionsMetadata" />\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Listpanes-ExifFileinfoCopyrightLocationandGPS">\r
+ <title id="titleExif">List panes</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ There are five list panes, whose contents can be configured to display Exif, XMP or IPTC metadata tags. The five panes are:\r
+ <itemizedlist>\r
+ <listitem>Title</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Exif</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>File Info</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Location and GPS</listitem>\r
+ <listitem>Copyright</listitem>\r
+ </itemizedlist>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Any metadata tag can be displayed in any pane - the pane titles merely exist as an organisational aide.</para>\r
+ <para>It is possible to reorganise the data displayed by drag-and-dropping any item within a pane, or from one pane to another (although in some cases it makes little sense to do so).</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ <note>It is not possible to undo these actions, nor is there a way to reset the display to its original settings.</note>\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ It is also possible to drag new items from the\r
+ <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsExif" endterm="titleGuideOtherWindowsExif" />\r
+ onto any pane.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>As an aide, in addition to standard metadata tags, Geeqie provides certain pre-formatted tags. These are:</para>\r
+ <table id="formatted_exif">\r
+ <tgroup cols="2" rowsep="1" colsep="1">\r
+ <tbody>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Tag</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ <entry>\r
+ <emphasis role="strong">Replaced by Meta data</emphasis>\r
+ </entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.Camera</entry>\r
+ <entry>Camera and sofware name</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.DateTime</entry>\r
+ <entry>Image Date</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.ShutterSpeed</entry>\r
+ <entry>Shutter speed in seconds (e.g. 1/60s)</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.Aperture</entry>\r
+ <entry>Aperture (e.g. f5.6)</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.ExposureBias</entry>\r
+ <entry>Exposure bias (e.g. +0.3)</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.ISOSpeedRating</entry>\r
+ <entry>ISO sensitivity (e.g. 100)</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.FocalLength</entry>\r
+ <entry>Focal length</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.FocalLength35mmFilm</entry>\r
+ <entry>Focal length 35mm</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.SubjectDistance</entry>\r
+ <entry>Subject distance</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.Flash</entry>\r
+ <entry>Flash</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.Resolution</entry>\r
+ <entry>Resolution</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.ColorProfile</entry>\r
+ <entry>Color profile</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.GPSAltitude</entry>\r
+ <entry>Altitude above sea level</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>formatted.GPSPosition</entry>\r
+ <entry>Latitude, Longitude</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>file.size</entry>\r
+ <entry>file size in bytes</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>file.date</entry>\r
+ <entry>file date and time in human readable form</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ <row>\r
+ <entry>file.mode</entry>\r
+ <entry>file mode flags</entry>\r
+ </row>\r
+ </tbody>\r
+ </tgroup>\r
+ </table>\r
+ <para>Right-clicking on an item opens the context menu:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Add entry</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Key</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Exif, IPTC, XMP or\r
+ <link linkend="formatted_exif">Geeqie formatted exif</link>\r
+ tags.\r
+ </para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Title</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displayed title text.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show only if set</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Inhibit display if the tag is empty.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Editable</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>Displays the value as editable.</para>\r
+ <note>\r
+ <para>Geeqie internally converts Exif and IPTC metadata to XMP on read and back on write, thus any changes made to Exif and IPTC here will be lost on write. You must edit the corresponding XMP instead.</para>\r
+ <para>An exception is Makernote tags which don't have an equivalent in XMP. However Makernotes cannot be written to an external file (a sidecar or Geeqie metadata file).</para>\r
+ </note>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Show hidden</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ Shows all entries regardless of\r
+ <emphasis>Show only if set</emphasis>\r
+ .\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="GPSMap">\r
+ <title>Map Display</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ Geeqie can display maps created by the\r
+ <ulink url="https://www.openstreetmap.org">openstreetmap.org</ulink>\r
+ . To use this facility, Geeqie must have been compiled with the --enable-map option.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>Maps are useful when working with geocoded images. All geocoded images in the currently displayed folder will show as small icons on the map. Clicking the icon will expand the icon to show an image thumbnail, plus other pre-defined image data.</para>\r
+ <para>Right-click on the map will show other map options.</para>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section id="GuideSidebarsSortManager">
- <title>
- Sort Manager Sidebar
- </title>
- <para>
- The Sort Manager sidebar provides a convenient method to quickly sort many files into a set of folders or collections.
- </para>
- <para>
- To toggle display of the Sort Manager press Ctrl + S or select “Sort manager” from the View menu.
- </para>
- <para>
- The mode of the Sort Manager is selected by the drop down list under the sidebar title. The Folder mode allows moving or copying the visible image to a folder, and the Collection mode allows adding the visible image or file selection to a collection.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Folderview"><title>
- Folder view
- </title>
- <para>
- The Sort Manager folder view consists of a vertical list for bookmarking folders, a section to select the operation to perform, and a set of buttons along the bottom.
- </para>
- <para>
- Clicking or activating an item in the list will copy, move, or link the active image's file to that location. The active image will then change to the next image.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Bookmarklist"><title>
- Bookmark list
- </title>
- <para>
- This is a list of possible folders to use as a destination for the selected operation. A context menu will appear by right clicking on an item, or pressing the menu key when the item has the focus.
- </para>
- <para>
- Folders can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar, or dragging a folder onto the list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To edit an item select “Properties” from it's context menu. A dialog will appear allowing the Name, Path, and Icon for the item to be changed. Select OK to close the dialog and apply the changes, or Cancel to close the dialog and discard the changes.
- </para>
- <para>
- To change the order of the list, select “Move up” or “Move down” from the item's context menu. To move an item with the keyboard move the focus to that item, then press Shift + Up or Shift + Down to move the item.
- </para>
- <para>
- To remove an item from the list select “Remove” from it's context menu.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="CopyMoveandLink"><title>
- Copy, Move, and Link
- </title>
- <para>
- These are the available operations to use on the active image, they should be self explanatory.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Addbutton"><title>
- Add button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate this button to add a folder to the bookmark list. A dialog will appear to allow selection of the folder to use for the new item.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Undobutton"><title>
- Undo button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate this button to undo the last copy, move, or link operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section><section id="Collectionview"><title>
- Collection view
- </title>
- <para>
- The Sort Manager collection view consists of a vertical list of collection, a section to determine the current selection, and a set of buttons along the bottom.
- </para>
- <para>
- Clicking or activating an item in the list will add the selected image to that collection.
- </para>
- <para/><section id="Collectionlist"><title>
- Collection list
- </title>
- <para>
- This is the list of collections located in the folder $HOME/.geeqie/collections. Activating a member of this list will result in the current image selection to be added to the collection. If the image already exists within the collection, it will not be added a second time.
- </para>
- <para>
- A new empty collection can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Choosingtheselectionstyle"><title>
- Choosing the selection style
- </title>
- <para>
- The images to add when activating a collection is determined by the selection style:
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Add image
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- The visible image is added to the collection.
- </para>
- <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
- Add selection
- </term><listitem><para/></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
- <para>
- All images selected in the file list will be added to the collection.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Addbutton1"><title>
- Add button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate this button to add a new empty collection to the visible list. A dialog will appear to allow entry of the name to use for the new collection.
- </para>
- <para/></section><section id="Undobutton1"><title>
- Undo button
- </title>
- <para>
- Activate this button to undo the last add operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.
- </para>
- <para/></section></section></section>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>\r
+<section id="GuideSidebarsSortManager">\r
+ <title id="titleGuideSidebarsSortManager">Sort Manager Sidebar</title>\r
+ <para>The Sort Manager sidebar provides a convenient method to quickly sort many files into a set of folders or collections.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To toggle display of the Sort Manager select\r
+ <menuchoice>\r
+ <shortcut>\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>S</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ </shortcut>\r
+ <guimenu>View</guimenu>\r
+ <guimenuitem>Sort Manager</guimenuitem>\r
+ </menuchoice>\r
+ .\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>The mode of the Sort Manager is selected by the drop down list under the sidebar title. The Folder mode allows moving or copying the visible image to a folder, and the Collection mode allows adding the visible image or file selection to a collection.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Folderview">\r
+ <title>Folder view</title>\r
+ <para>The Sort Manager folder view consists of a vertical list for bookmarking folders, a section to select the operation to perform, and a set of buttons along the bottom.</para>\r
+ <para>Clicking or activating an item in the list will copy, move, or link the active image's file to that location. The active image will then change to the next image.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Bookmarklist">\r
+ <title>Bookmark list</title>\r
+ <para>This is a list of possible folders to use as a destination for the selected operation. A context menu will appear by right clicking on an item, or pressing the menu key when the item has the focus.</para>\r
+ <para>Folders can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar, or dragging a folder onto the list.</para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To edit an item select\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Properties</emphasis>\r
+ from its context menu. A dialog will appear allowing the Name, Path, and Icon for the item to be changed. Select OK to close the dialog and apply the changes, or Cancel to close the dialog and discard the changes.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To change the order of the list, select\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Move up</emphasis>\r
+ or\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Move down</emphasis>\r
+ from the item's context menu. To move an item with the keyboard move the focus to that item, then press\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>Up</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ or\r
+ <keycombo>\r
+ <keycap>Shift</keycap>\r
+ <keycap>Down</keycap>\r
+ </keycombo>\r
+ to move the item.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>\r
+ To remove an item from the list select\r
+ <emphasis role="bold">Remove</emphasis>\r
+ from it's context menu.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="CopyMoveandLink">\r
+ <title>Copy, Move, and Link</title>\r
+ <para>These are the available operations to use on the active image, they should be self explanatory.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Addbutton">\r
+ <title>Add button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to add a folder to the bookmark list. A dialog will appear to allow selection of the folder to use for the new item.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Undobutton">\r
+ <title>Undo button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to undo the last copy, move, or link operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Collectionview">\r
+ <title>Collection view</title>\r
+ <para>The Sort Manager collection view consists of a vertical list of collection, a section to determine the current selection, and a set of buttons along the bottom.</para>\r
+ <para>Clicking or activating an item in the list will add the selected image to that collection.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ <section id="Collectionlist">\r
+ <title>Collection list</title>\r
+ <para>\r
+ This is the list of collections located in the folder listed in\r
+ <link linkend="GuideReferenceConfig">Configuration Files</link>\r
+ . Activating a member of this list will result in the current image selection to be added to the collection. If the image already exists within the collection, it will not be added a second time.\r
+ </para>\r
+ <para>A new empty collection can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Choosingtheselectionstyle">\r
+ <title>Choosing the selection style</title>\r
+ <para>The images to add when activating a collection is determined by the selection style:</para>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Add image</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>The visible image is added to the collection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <variablelist>\r
+ <varlistentry>\r
+ <term>\r
+ <guilabel>Add selection</guilabel>\r
+ </term>\r
+ <listitem>\r
+ <para>All images selected in the file list will be added to the collection.</para>\r
+ </listitem>\r
+ </varlistentry>\r
+ </variablelist>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Addbutton1">\r
+ <title>Add button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to add a new empty collection to the visible list. A dialog will appear to allow entry of the name to use for the new collection.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ <section id="Undobutton1">\r
+ <title>Undo button</title>\r
+ <para>Activate this button to undo the last add operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.</para>\r
+ <para />\r
+ </section>\r
+ </section>\r
+</section>\r
projects / geeqie.git / commitdiff
